CA2154896A1 - Immunoreactive reagents employing heterodimers - Google Patents
Immunoreactive reagents employing heterodimersInfo
- Publication number
- CA2154896A1 CA2154896A1 CA002154896A CA2154896A CA2154896A1 CA 2154896 A1 CA2154896 A1 CA 2154896A1 CA 002154896 A CA002154896 A CA 002154896A CA 2154896 A CA2154896 A CA 2154896A CA 2154896 A1 CA2154896 A1 CA 2154896A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- group
- reagent
- residue
- mrp8
- subunit proteins
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 title claims description 58
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 64
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 238000002059 diagnostic imaging Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 4
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 152
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 151
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 61
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 50
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 50
- -1 87Y Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 28
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 28
- 102000003781 Inhibitor of growth protein 1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 22
- 108090000191 Inhibitor of growth protein 1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 22
- 108010052500 Calgranulin A Proteins 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 claims description 17
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 claims description 17
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-OUBTZVSYSA-N Yttrium-90 Chemical compound [90Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 claims description 15
- 108010052495 Calgranulin B Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 14
- 102100032442 Protein S100-A8 Human genes 0.000 claims description 13
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 claims description 13
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 claims description 12
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 102000006640 gamma-Glutamyltransferase Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- CNHYKKNIIGEXAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiolan-2-imine Chemical compound N=C1CCCS1 CNHYKKNIIGEXAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 101710107035 Gamma-glutamyltranspeptidase Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 101710173228 Glutathione hydrolase proenzyme Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010051611 Signal Recognition Particle Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000013598 Signal recognition particle Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- FLCQLSRLQIPNLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 2-acetylsulfanylacetate Chemical compound CC(=O)SCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O FLCQLSRLQIPNLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- VHYRLCJMMJQUBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-[4-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)phenyl]butanoyloxy]-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)C=C1 VHYRLCJMMJQUBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- HHSGWIABCIVPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;1-[4-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]benzoyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1=CC=C(NC(=O)CI)C=C1 HHSGWIABCIVPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 102100032420 Protein S100-A9 Human genes 0.000 claims 11
- FPKVOQKZMBDBKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)methyl]cyclohexanecarbonyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1CCC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CC1 FPKVOQKZMBDBKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 claims 4
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 claims 4
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 abstract description 41
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 abstract description 36
- 229940124447 delivery agent Drugs 0.000 abstract description 9
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 abstract description 3
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 117
- 101100360525 Neurospora crassa (strain ATCC 24698 / 74-OR23-1A / CBS 708.71 / DSM 1257 / FGSC 987) mrpl-4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 53
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 51
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 50
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 50
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 41
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 40
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 37
- 238000012034 trail making test Methods 0.000 description 37
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 33
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 30
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 20
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 19
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 18
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 17
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 15
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 14
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 13
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 11
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 102000003839 Human Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108090000144 Human Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical group N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 8
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 8
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 8
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- UAFBBLZEQSKFBK-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrasodium;2-[[6-[6-[6-[[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]methyl]pyridin-2-yl]-4-(3-isothiocyanato-4-methoxyphenyl)pyridin-2-yl]pyridin-2-yl]methyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(N=C=S)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=CC(C=2N=C(CN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O)C=CC=2)=NC(C=2N=C(CN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O)C=CC=2)=C1 UAFBBLZEQSKFBK-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 7
- 102000018803 Calgranulin A Human genes 0.000 description 6
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 6
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 6
- XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M propidium iodide Chemical compound [I-].[I-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CCC[N+](C)(CC)CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 5
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 5
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminothiocarboxamide Natural products NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 5
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940051022 radioimmunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- VUFNRPJNRFOTGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;1-[4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)methyl]cyclohexanecarbonyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1CCC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CC1 VUFNRPJNRFOTGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FJQZXCPWAGYPSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,4,6-tetrachloro-3a,6a-diphenylimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5-dione Chemical compound ClN1C(=O)N(Cl)C2(C=3C=CC=CC=3)N(Cl)C(=O)N(Cl)C12C1=CC=CC=C1 FJQZXCPWAGYPSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101001024703 Homo sapiens Nck-associated protein 5 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 4
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100036946 Nck-associated protein 5 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 4
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- NNMXSTWQJRPBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K europium(iii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Eu](Cl)Cl NNMXSTWQJRPBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 4
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- SVPRVJIDOLJYQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-chlorobenzenesulfonamide;sodium Chemical compound [Na].ClNS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SVPRVJIDOLJYQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhenium atom Chemical compound [Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000003998 size exclusion chromatography high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012475 sodium chloride buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000000035 BCA protein assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000005701 Calcium-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010045403 Calcium-Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000018755 Calgranulin B Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100033620 Calponin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004420 Creatine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010042126 Creatine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101001029057 Homo sapiens ATP-binding cassette sub-family C member 11 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000945318 Homo sapiens Calponin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000652736 Homo sapiens Transgelin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052772 Samarium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000050219 human ABCC11 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 125000004464 hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000035118 modified proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091005573 modified proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940068917 polyethylene glycols Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012465 retentate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C1CC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CCC1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium atom Chemical compound [Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMGNHZVUZWILSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(2-chloroethylsulfanyl)ethane Chemical compound ClCCSCCSCCCl AMGNHZVUZWILSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000007698 Alcohol dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010021809 Alcohol dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004149 Annexin A2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000668 Annexin A2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010029692 Bisphosphoglycerate mutase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000206672 Gelidium Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 229910052689 Holmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000013463 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010065825 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052765 Lutetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 108010006519 Molecular Chaperones Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005431 Molecular Chaperones Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229910017912 NH2OH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710160107 Outer membrane protein A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000011025 Phosphoglycerate Mutase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052777 Praseodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010001267 Protein Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000713126 Punta Toro virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052775 Thulium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052769 Ytterbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylacetone Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)=O YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000337 buffer salt Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108020003468 cytochrome b558 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000172 cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- KAKKHKRHCKCAGH-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;(4-nitrophenyl) phosphate;hexahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(OP([O-])([O-])=O)C=C1 KAKKHKRHCKCAGH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001207 fluorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052745 lead Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940097496 nasal spray Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001281 polyalkylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- SMQUZDBALVYZAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylaldehyde Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C=O SMQUZDBALVYZAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007790 scraping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyl Chemical compound [SH] PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052713 technetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CWERGRDVMFNCDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioglycolic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CS CWERGRDVMFNCDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAERPNBPLZWCES-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-hydroxy-1-phosphonoethyl)phosphonic acid Chemical compound OCC(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O BAERPNBPLZWCES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHXHPUAKLCCLDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trifluoropentane-2,4-dione Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(=O)C(F)(F)F SHXHPUAKLCCLDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOFGSWVZMUXXIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-Diphenyl-3-thiocarbazone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1N=NC(=S)NNC1=CC=CC=C1 UOFGSWVZMUXXIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CULQNACJHGHAER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]benzoyl]oxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonic acid Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)C1=CC=C(NC(=O)CI)C=C1 CULQNACJHGHAER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-prop-2-ynoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COCC#C GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 18-crown-6 Chemical compound C1COCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO1 XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-tetramine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCN VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URDCARMUOSMFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OCCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O URDCARMUOSMFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HHLZCENAOIROSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4,7-bis(carboxymethyl)-1,4,7,10-tetrazacyclododec-1-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN1CCNCCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1 HHLZCENAOIROSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXHLLJAMBQLULT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[6-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]-2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl]amino]-n-(2-methyl-6-sulfanylphenyl)-1,3-thiazole-5-carboxamide;hydrate Chemical compound O.C=1C(N2CCN(CCO)CC2)=NC(C)=NC=1NC(S1)=NC=C1C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1S WXHLLJAMBQLULT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDAWCLOXVUBKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminophenol Chemical class NC1=CC=CC=C1O CDAWCLOXVUBKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFLNEVYCAMVQJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-n,2-n-diethylethane-1,1,1,2-tetramine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(N)(N)N OFLNEVYCAMVQJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJAZCKUGLFWINJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydroxybenzene-1,2-disulfonic acid Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C(S(O)(=O)=O)=C1O CJAZCKUGLFWINJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNSJCCNMJYXLOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6,12-epoxy-6h,12h-dibenzo[b,f][1,5]dioxocin Chemical compound O1C2=CC=CC=C2C2OC1C1=CC=CC=C1O2 KNSJCCNMJYXLOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005725 8-Hydroxyquinoline Substances 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010051457 Acid Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013563 Acid Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000011399 Anion exchange proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050001632 Anion exchange proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bipyridyl Chemical group N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031638 Body Weight Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRBYJCORNHQJTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CN(C(C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O)O)N(C(C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O)O Chemical compound C(CN(C(C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O)O)N(C(C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O)O FRBYJCORNHQJTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical class NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UWTATZPHSA-N D-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004206 Gamma-glutamyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003855 L-lactate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700023483 L-lactate dehydrogenases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CC(O)=O FSVCELGFZIQNCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016979 Other receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000805 Polyaspartic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000388 Polyphosphate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100035703 Prostatic acid phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000002067 Protein Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010799 Receptor Interactions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000606701 Rickettsia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000013674 S-100 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700021018 S100 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004753 Schiff bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012506 Sephacryl® Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Stearinsaeure-hexadecylester Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraxetan Chemical compound OC(=O)CN1CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1 WDLRUFUQRNWCPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003875 Wang resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001089 [(2R)-oxolan-2-yl]methanol Substances 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NERFNHBZJXXFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[(4-methylphenyl)methoxy]phenyl]methanol Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1COC1=CC=C(CO)C=C1 NERFNHBZJXXFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDONNITUKPKTIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Nitrilotris(methylene)]trisphosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)CN(CP(O)(O)=O)CP(O)(O)=O YDONNITUKPKTIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003655 absorption accelerator Substances 0.000 description 1
- LPQOADBMXVRBNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ac1ldcw0 Chemical compound Cl.C1CN(C)CCN1C1=C(F)C=C2C(=O)C(C(O)=O)=CN3CCSC1=C32 LPQOADBMXVRBNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005276 alkyl hydrazino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010976 amide bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001414 amino alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003127 anti-melanomic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009830 antibody antigen interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002648 azanetriyl group Chemical group *N(*)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002903 benzyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012503 blood component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008364 bulk solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005708 carbonyloxy group Chemical group [*:2]OC([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005026 carboxyaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005277 cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002668 chloroacetyl group Chemical group ClCC(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HLVXFWDLRHCZEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromotropic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC(O)=C2C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=C1 HLVXFWDLRHCZEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanogen bromide Chemical compound BrC#N ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000254 damaging effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000664 diazo group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[*] 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IRDLUHRVLVEUHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl dithiophosphate Chemical compound CCOP(S)(=S)OCC IRDLUHRVLVEUHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMBWSYZSUOEYSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyldithiocarbamic acid Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(S)=S LMBWSYZSUOEYSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- WQABCVAJNWAXTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimercaprol Chemical compound OCC(S)CS WQABCVAJNWAXTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGUQDUKBUKFFRO-CIIODKQPSA-N dimethylglyoxime Chemical compound O/N=C(/C)\C(\C)=N\O JGUQDUKBUKFFRO-CIIODKQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 125000004119 disulfanediyl group Chemical group *SS* 0.000 description 1
- 229950004394 ditiocarb Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 1
- NFDRPXJGHKJRLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N edtmp Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)CN(CP(O)(O)=O)CCN(CP(O)(O)=O)CP(O)(O)=O NFDRPXJGHKJRLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AEOCXXJPGCBFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethionamide Chemical compound CCC1=CC(C(N)=S)=CC=N1 AEOCXXJPGCBFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093499 ethyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004672 ethylcarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWDWVTKHJOZOBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K europium(3+);trichloride;hexahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.[Cl-].[Cl-].[Cl-].[Eu+3] AWDWVTKHJOZOBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003885 eye ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000005027 hydroxyaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091005979 iodinated proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical class I* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006303 iodophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001261 isocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZBKFYXZXZJPWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=S ZBKFYXZXZJPWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001810 isothiocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=S 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012035 limiting reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- HZVOZRGWRWCICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanediyl Chemical compound [CH2] HZVOZRGWRWCICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N monoethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(O)=O CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrilotriacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012011 nucleophilic catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-O oxonium Chemical compound [OH3+] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 1
- 229960003540 oxyquinoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003009 phosphonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010064470 polyaspartate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010077051 polycysteine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004848 polyfunctional curative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002643 polyglutamic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002704 polyhistidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001205 polyphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011176 polyphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JCBJVAJGLKENNC-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium ethyl xanthate Chemical compound [K+].CCOC([S-])=S JCBJVAJGLKENNC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000023958 prostate neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010043671 prostatic acid phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000004252 protein component Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MCJGNVYPOGVAJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinolin-8-ol Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 MCJGNVYPOGVAJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007348 radical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011363 radioimmunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012217 radiopharmaceutical Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121896 radiopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002799 radiopharmaceutical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009711 regulatory function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ORIHZIZPTZTNCU-YVMONPNESA-N salicylaldoxime Chemical compound O\N=C/C1=CC=CC=C1O ORIHZIZPTZTNCU-YVMONPNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N scandium atom Chemical compound [Sc] SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001439 semicarbazido group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(=O)N([H])N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940083575 sodium dodecyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019832 sodium triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052712 strontium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ACTRVOBWPAIOHC-XIXRPRMCSA-N succimer Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](S)[C@@H](S)C(O)=O ACTRVOBWPAIOHC-XIXRPRMCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005346 succimer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003464 sulfur compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N technetium atom Chemical compound [Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012085 test solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- BSYVTEYKTMYBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1CCCO1 BSYVTEYKTMYBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNHJECZULSZAQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraphenylporphyrin Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=C2C=CC(N2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(N=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C2=CC=C3N2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC1=C3C1=CC=CC=C1 YNHJECZULSZAQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052716 thallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
- A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
- A61K51/04—Organic compounds
- A61K51/08—Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins
- A61K51/10—Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody
- A61K51/1093—Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody conjugates with carriers being antibodies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K2121/00—Preparations for use in therapy
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K2123/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
In one aspect, this invention describes a non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent comprised of the residue of a proteinaceous half of a heterodimeric molecule (H1), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material together with a radioactive delivery agent comprised of a proteinaceous second half of a heterodimeric molecule (H2), a linking group, and a radioactive agent. In another aspect, this invention describes a non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent comprised of the residue of a proteinaceous half of a heterodimeric molecule (H2), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material together with a radioactive delivery agent comprised of the residue of a proteinaceous second half of a heterodimeric molecule (H1), a linking group, and a radioactive agent. These compositions comprise useful systems for the production of an amplification of delivery of the radioactive agent to tumor sites in the therapy and diagnostic imaging of cancer.
Description
~ WO94/16741 2 ~ 5 4 8 ~ ~ PCTAUS94/0096~
IMMUNOREACTIVE REAGENTS
FMPT.OYING ~F.TF.RODI~F.R~
F;eld of the Invent;on This invention relates to the therapeutic treatment and diagnostic imaging of cancer by means of a tumor targeted sequential delivery system comprised of a primary non-radi.oactive targeting immunoreagent and a secondary radioactive delivery agent.
R~ckgrolln~ of the Invention The various, currently available, radiolabeled immunoreactive proteins which are employed in diagnostic imaglng and targeted therapeutic applications suffer from certain of the following disadvantages:
1) radioimmunotherapy and diagnostic imaging with the various currently available radionuclide containing immunoreactive proteins can be less than optimal because these radiopharmaceuticals may bind to non-target normal tissue, which binding can result in undesirable toxicity to normal tissue during therapeutic applications as well as in high background signals during diagnostic imaging applications;
IMMUNOREACTIVE REAGENTS
FMPT.OYING ~F.TF.RODI~F.R~
F;eld of the Invent;on This invention relates to the therapeutic treatment and diagnostic imaging of cancer by means of a tumor targeted sequential delivery system comprised of a primary non-radi.oactive targeting immunoreagent and a secondary radioactive delivery agent.
R~ckgrolln~ of the Invention The various, currently available, radiolabeled immunoreactive proteins which are employed in diagnostic imaglng and targeted therapeutic applications suffer from certain of the following disadvantages:
1) radioimmunotherapy and diagnostic imaging with the various currently available radionuclide containing immunoreactive proteins can be less than optimal because these radiopharmaceuticals may bind to non-target normal tissue, which binding can result in undesirable toxicity to normal tissue during therapeutic applications as well as in high background signals during diagnostic imaging applications;
2) inefficient covalent bonding of the radioactive component with protein in conjugate preparation;
3) long plasma half-lives of currently available radionuclide-containing immunoreactive proteins result in prolonged exposure of normal tissue to damaging effects of radiation and can produce unacceptable toxic effects in otherwise normal and disease free tissues in the body, especially in those tissues and 3 0 cells most sensitive to radiation damage, e.g., the stem cells of the bone marrow and gastrointestinal tract;
4) slow clearance of radionuclide from the body;
5) decrease in the immunoreactivity of the binding proteins with an increase in the numbers of chelating agents conjugated;
WO94/16741 ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/0096$
WO94/16741 ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/0096$
6) the number of chelating agents that can be attached to an immunoreactive protein is limited by the number of available groups such as, for example, amino groups suitable for use in attachment of the chelating agents;
7) the number of chelating agents that can be attached to an immunoreactive protein is limited by the potential immunogenicity of the thus modified protein which, being highly derivatized, could be 0 recognized by the immune system as haptenated; and 8) the number of ionic radionuclides that can be associated with an immunoreactive protein is restricted by the number of sites of chelation available.
It is an object of the present invention to overcome some of the aforementioned disadvantages of the currently available radiolabeled immunoreactive proteins.
Summary of the Invention The present invention is directed to systems which are useful in the therapeutic treatment and diagnostic imaging of tissue, particularly of cancerous tissue. For a disease such as cancer, such systems comprise a tumor targeted sequential delivery system comprised of a primary non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent and a secondary radioactive delivery agent.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent (sometimes hereinafter referred to as NRTIR) comprised of the residue of a receptor moiety, a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material, which NRTIR is administered to a tissue of interest and will bind to sites on the surfaces of cells thereof.
In this embodiment, the present invention is also directed to a radioactive delivery agent (sometimes hereinafter referred to as RDA) comprised of the residue of a ligand which has an affinity for WO94/16741 215 ~ PCT~S94/00965 non-covalent binding to a receptor moiety, a linking group, and the residue of a radioactive agent. This RDA is administered to the environs of the tissue which contains said NRTIR bound thereto. In particular, the ligand residue of this RDA will non-covalently bind to the receptor of said NRTIR which is bound to the cells of said tissue of interest. Thus, an effective amount of radioactivity is provided to said tissue. RDA which is unbound to NRTIR can be 0 removed rapidly from the environs of the tissue.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a NRTIR comprised of the residue of a proteinaceous subunit portion of a heterodimeric molecule (sometimes hereinafter referred to as an H1), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material, which NRTIR is administered to a tissue of interest and will bind to sites on the surfaces of cells thereof. This embodiment is also directed to a RDA comprised of a second subunit portion of a heterodimeric molecule (sometimes hereinafter referred to as an H2) which associates with said subunit portion H1 of the heterodimeric molecule receptor moiety, a linking group, and a radioactive agent. This RDA is administered to the environs of the tissue which contains said NRTIR bound thereto. The heterodimeric subunit portion H2 of said RDA will bind to the heterodimeric subunit portion H1 of said NRTIR
to provide an effective amount of radioactivity to said tissue. Unbound RDA is removed rapidly from the environs of said tissue.
In particular, in one aspect (sometimes hereinafter referred to as System A), the present invention comprises an NRTIR comprised of the residue of a receptor moiety which receptor moiety is comprised of the residue of the proteinaceous subunit (H1) of the myeloid differentiation protein (sometimes hereinafter referred to as MRP14), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material. System A also WO94/16741 ~2~5 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
comprises a RDA of another proteinaceous subunit (H2) of the myeloid differentiation protein (sometimes hereinafter referred to as MRP8), a linking group, and a radioactive agent.
Preferably, in System A, the present invention is directed to an NRTIR comprised of the residue of the proteinaceous subunit (H1) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP14), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material such as a tumor targeting antibody together with an RDA
comprised of another proteinaceous subunit (H2) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP8), a linking group, and a radioactive agent comprised of a chelating agent and a radionuclide.
The NRTIR of system A is comprised of (n) MRP14 moieties, each of which can associate with RDA
comprised of the residue of a MRP8 with an affinity for association with a MRP14 and of (m) radioactive agents where each of n and m are independently integers greater than zero. The total number of radioactive agents capable of being bound per antigen is then the product of (n) multiplied by (m). This is in contrast to the binding to cell surface antigen of previously available radioimmunoconjugates comprised of an immunoreactive protein conjugated to (c) radioactive agents wherein the value of (c) is an integer greater than zero and is limited to the number of conjugations that can be performed on said immunoreactive protein while retaining the immunoreactivity for said antigen. This limit to the degree of modification of the immunoreactive protein also applies to the NRTIR of System A, and the value of (n) will be approximately the same as the value of (c). Thus, in this aspect, the association of the RDA
to the antigen-bound NRTIR of the present invention will amplify the maximum number of radioactive agents bound per antigen by a factor of approximately (m) over the m~x1mllm value (c) available in previously available radioimmunoconjugates.
W094/16741 21 S ~ 8 9 6 PCTtUS94tO096S
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to an NRTIR comprised of the residue of a ligand which exhibits an affinity for binding to a receptor moiety, a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material, which NRTIR is administered to a tissue of interest and will bind to sites on the surfaces of cells thereof.
In this embodiment, the present invention is also directed to an RDA comprised of the residue of a 0 receptor moiety for which a ligand has an affinity for binding, a linking group, and the residue of a radioactive agent, which RDA is administered to the environs of the tissue which contains the NRTIR of this embodiment bound thereto. In particular, the ligand of the RDA of this embodiment will bind to the receptor of the NRTIR which is bound to the surface of the cells of said tissue of interest. Thus, an effective amount of radioactivity is provided to said tissue. RDA which is unbound to NRTIR can be removed rapidly from the environs of the tissue.
In particular, this aspect, (sometimes hereinafter referred to as System B), of the present invention comprises a NRTIR comprised of the residue of a proteinaceous subunit (H2) of the myeloid 2~ differentiation protein (MRP8), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material and an RDA
comprised of the residue of the proteinaceous subunit (H1) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP14), a linking group, and a radioactive agent.
Preferably, in System B, the present invention is directed to a NRTIR comprised of the residue of a proteinaceous subunit (H2) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP8), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material such as a tumor targeting antibody together with an RDA
comprised of the residue of the proteinaceous subunit (H1) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP14), a linking group, and a radioactive agent comprised of a chelating agent and a radionuclide.
WO94/16741 215 4~8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 ~
The NRTIR of System B is comprised of (n) residues of MRP8 that have an affinity for binding to a MRP14, each of which can bind an RDA comprised of a MRP14 and of (m) radioactive agents where each of n and m is independently an integer greater than zero.
The total number of radioactive agents capable of being bound per antlgen is then the product of (n) multiplied by (m). This is in contrast to the binding to cell surface antigen of previously available radioimmunoconjugates comprised of an immunoreactive protein conjugated to (c) radioactive agents. In these conjugates the value of (c) is limited to the number of radioactive agents that can be linked or conjugated to the immunoreactive protein while retaining the immunoreactivity for said antigen. This limit to the degree of modification of the immunoreactive protein also applies to the NRTIR of System B, and the value of (n) will be approximately the same as the value of (c). Thus, in this aspect, the association of the RDA
to the antigen-bound NRTIR of the present invention will amplify the maximum number of radioactive agents bound per antigen by a factor of approximately (m) over the maximum value (c) available in previously available radioimmunoconjugates.
The present invention is also directed to pharmaceutical and diagnostic compositions comprising an NRTIR and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (excipient), and to pharmaceutical and diagnostic compositions comprising an RDA and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention is further directed to therapeutic methods comprising the administration, in vitro or f n vivo, of a therapeutically effective amount of NRTIR to the environs of a tissue of interest of a patient undergoing such therapy, followed, after the lapse of an effective period of time, by the subsequent administration of a therapeutically effective amount of RDA to said tissue. During the time between administrations of ~ WO94/16741 ?l $~96 PCT~S94/0096~
NRTIR and RDA said NRTIR binds to sites on cells of the target tissue and unbound NRTIR is removed from the environs of said tissue.
The present invention is further directed to diagnostic imaging methods comprising the sequential administration, in vitro or in vivo, of a diagnostic imaging effective amount of an NRTIR to the environs of a tissue of interest of a patient undergoing such diagnostic imaging, followed, after a lapse of an effective period of time, by the subsequent administration of a diagnostic imaging effective amount of RDA to said tissue. During said effective period of time, said NRTIR will bind to sites on cells of said tissue of interest and unbound NRTIR will be removed from the environs of the tissue.
Subsequently, after an effective time, an image of all or part of said tissue of interest is obtained.
The present invention provides advantages compared to currently available targeting immune reagents. For example:
the total amount of a therapeutically effective amount and of a diagnostic imaging effective amount of radioactive agent delivered to a tissue site can be achieved with specificity and in amplification over that which can be otherwise achieved with currently available targeting immune reagents;
sequential delivery to target tissue of the NRTIR and the RDA of this invention can reduce the exposure of non-targeted tissues to damage from 3 0 radiation thus reducing the toxicity;
the binding of the ligand to the receptor occurs with high affinity and is selective;
the NRTIR and the RDA can be used in both therapeutic and diagnostic imaging applications;
the above-described NRTIR can accumulate at a tumor tissue site in vivo while it is not substantially accumulated at normal tissue sites;
RDA that does not bind to cell associated NRTIR
is rapidly cleared from the patient;
2 1 5 4 8r9 6 WO94/16741 ~ PCT~S94/00965 with respect to the same degree of modification of a targeting immunoreagent directly conjugated by a radionuclide or by a chelate containing a radionuclide in currently available radioimmunoconjugates, an amplification of the number of radionuclides per site of modification per targeting immune reagent can be obtained using the materials and methods of this invention;
the NRTIR can comprise a wide variety of 0 immunoreactive groups, linking groups, and Hl residues in System A, and a wide variety of immunoreactive groups, linking groups, and H2 residues which associate with Hl residues in System B;
the RDA can comprise a wide variety of spacing, linking and chelating groups, radionuclides, and H2 residues which have an affinity to associate with Hl residues in System A, and a wide variety of spacing, linking and chelating groups, radionuclides, and Hl residues which have an affinity to associate with H2 residues in System B; and a wide variety of compositions of matter with a wide variety of sizes and molecular weights and having a specificity for accumulation in tumors can be prepared in accordance with this invention.
~ WO94/16741 21~ ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 Other advantageous features of this invention will become readily apparent upon reference to the following description of the preferred embodiments.
Description of Preferred Embodiments In preferred embodiments, the above-described non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent (NRTIR) and radioactive delivery agent (RDA) are comprised of moieties represented in System A (4 systems) and System B (4 systems) below:
SYSTEM A
Non-Radioactlve Radioactive Delivery Targeting Agent ImmunoReagent NRTIR RDA
l Immunoreactive group Ligand + (linking group + (chelating agent + receptr)n + radionuClide)m 2 Z-(Ll~ReC)n D-(L2-Q~M)m 3 Z~(Ll~Hl)n H2-(L2-Q-M)m 4 Z-(Ll-MRPl4)n MRP8-(L2-Q~M)m SYSTEM B
Non-Radioactive Radioactive Delivery Targeting Agent ImmunoReagent NRTIR RDA
l Immunoreactive group Receptor + (linking group + (linking group + ligand) n + chelating agent + radionuclide) m 2 Z-(Ll-D) n Re^-(L2-Q-M) m 3 Z-(Ll-H2) n Hl- ( L2 - Q-M) m 4 Z-(Ll-MRP8)n MRpl4-(L2-Q-M)m WO94116741 ~ 1 S ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 wherein:
Z is the residue of an immunoreactive group;
Rec is the residue of a receptor, preferably a MRP14;
D is the residue of a ligand, preferably a MRP8, that has an affinity for binding to a receptor, preferably to a MRP14;
H1 is the residue of one of two subunits of a heterodimer which comprises H1 and H2, preferably H1 0 is MRP14;
H2 is the residue of one of two subunits of a heterodimer which comprises H1 and H2, preferably H2 iS MRP8 a subunit that has an affinity association with H1, L1 and L2 are each independently the residue of a linking group that may independently contain a spacing group;
Q is the residue of a chelating group;
M is a radionuclide; and n and m are each independently an integer greater than zero.
Preferred embodiments of these materials are further described below.
Heterodimers are proteins composed of two nonidentical subunits, H1 and H2; each subunit may serve as either a receptor subunit or a ligand subunit. Any heterodimeric subunit receptor ligand pair is useful in this invention. Of preferred use are those subunit receptor ligand pairs which:
i) non-covalently associate (i.e. H1/H2 or H2/H1) without inter-subunit covalent bond formation (for example, without disulfide bond formation) between the receptor and subunit;
ii) have high inter subunit pair association constants, such that, once the subunits have bound to each other to form a heterodime , the two non-covalently bonded subunits remain stably associated for prolonged periods even in the presence of other l O
21~89G
_ WO94/16741 PCT~S94100965 proteins such as immunoglobulins, albumin, and other plasma proteins;
iii) do not substantially self-associate to form homodimers (i.e. Hl/Hl or H2/H2) from identical subunits;
iv) are soluble in blood;
v) are free of cont~min~ting materials such as, for example, the phospholipids, lipids, sterols, and carbohydrates of membranes;
vi) are available in recombinant form;
vii) have no affinity for binding to sites currently found within a mammalian blood circulatory system;
viii) have no enzymatic activity when re-associated;
ix) are not products of oncogenes; and x) have no cell regulatory function.
As non-limiting examples, the following materials are useful sources of heterodimers:
MRPl4 and MRP8 (also known as pl4 and p8, also known as the cystic fibrosis antigen, also known as Ll heavy chain and Ll light chain);
alpha and beta chains of the T cell receptor;
delta and gamma chains of the T cell receptor;
proteins of the cytokine IL-2;
natural killer cell stimulatory factor;
cytochrome b558;
signal recognition particle;
ligandin;
chaperone proteins;
punta toro virus glycoproteins;
hepatopoietins A and B;
human platelet-derived growth factor;
lipocortin II;
the heterodimeric proteins of the following enzymes:
glutathione S-transferases;
reverse transcriptase;
luciferase;
creatine kinase;
phosphoglycerate mutase;
alcohol dehydrogenase; and WO94116741 ` ~ PCT~S94/00965 gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
The term "residue" is used herein in context with a chemical entity. Said chemical entity comprises, for example, a ligand, or a H2, or the proteinaceous subunit of the myeloid differentiation protein MRP8, or a receptor moiety, or an Hl, or the proteinaceous subunit of the myeloid differentiation protein MRPl4, or a chelating group, or a radioactive agent, or a linking group, or a protein reactive 0 group, or an immunoreactive group, or an immunoreactive material, or an immunoreactive protein, or an antibody, or an antibody fragment, or a cross-linking agent such as a heterobifunctional cross-linking agent, or a spacing group. The term "residue"
is defined as that portion of said chemical entity which exclusively remains when one or more chemical bonds of which said chemical entity is otherwise comprised when considered as an independent chemical entity, are altered, modified, or replaced to comprise one or more covalent bonds to one or more other chemical entities. Thus, for example, in one aspect in System A and in System B, the residue of a chelating group is comprised of a chelating group which is at least monovalently modified through attachment to the residue of another chemical entity such as, for example, to the residue of a linking group.
In both System A and System B the immunoreactive group, Z, can be selected from a wide variety of naturally occurring or synthetically prepared materials, including, but. not limited to enzymes, amino acids, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, lipoproteins, glycoproteins, lipids, phospholipids, hormones, growth factors, steroids, vitamins, polysaccharides, viruses, protozoa, fungi, parasites, rickettsia, molds, and components thereof, blood components, tissue and organ components, pharmaceuticals, haptens, lectins, toxins, nucleic acids (including oligonucleotides), antibodies 1~
WO94/16741 I S~ 83 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~monoclonal and polyclonal), anti-antibodies, antibody fragments, antigenic materials (including proteins and carbohydrates), avidin and derivatives thereof, biotin and derivatives thereof, and others known to one skilled in the art. In addition, an immunoreactive group can be any substance which when presented to an immunocompetent host will result in the production of a specific antibody capable of binding with that substance, or the antibody so produced, which participates in an antigen-antibody reaction.
Preferred immunoreactive groups are antibodies and various immunoreactive fragments thereof, as long as they contain at least one reactive site for reaction with the reactive groups on the residue of the receptor moiety in System A or ligand species in System B or with linking groups (L) as described herein. That site can be inherent to the immunoreactive species or it can be introduced through appropriate chemical modification of the immunoreactive species. In addition to antibodies produced by the techniques outlined above, other antibodies and proteins produced by the techniques of molecular biology are specifically included.
Preferably, the immunoreactive group does not bind to H1 so as to inhibit th; binding of H1 to H2 in System A, and the immunoreactive group does not bind to H2 so as to inhibit the binding of H2 to H1 in System B.
As used herein, the term "antibody fragment~' 3 0 refers to an immunoreactive material which comprises a residue of an antibody, which antibody characteristically exhibits an affinity for binding to an antig-.n. The term "affinity for binding" to an antigen, as used herein, refers to the thermodynamic expression of the strength of interaction or binding between an antibody combining site and an antigenic determinant and, thus, of the stereochemical compatib lity between them; as such, it is the expression of the equilibrium or association constant WO94/16741 21 S 4 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
for the antibody-antigen interaction. The term "affinity~', as used herein, also refers to the thermodynamic expression of the strength of interaction or binding between a ligand and a receptor and, thus, of the stereochemical compatibility between them; as such, it is the expression of the equilibrium or association constant for the ligand/receptor interaction.
Antibody fragments exhibit at least a percentage of said affinity for binding to said antigen, said percentage being in the range of 0.001 per cent to 1,000 per cent, preferably 0.01 per cent to 1,000 per cent, more preferably 0.1 per cent to 1,000 per cent, and most preferably 1.0 per cent to 1,000 per cent, of the relative affinity of said antibody for binding to said antigen.
An antibody fragment can be produced from an antibody by a chemical reaction comprising one or more chemical bond cleaving reactions; by a chemical reaction comprising one or more chemical bond forming reactions employing as reactants one or more chemical components selected from a group comprised of amino acids, peptides, carbohydrates, linking groups as defined herein, spacing groups as defined herein, protein reactive groups as defined herein, and antibody fragments such as are produced as described herein and by a molecular biological process, a bacterial process, or by a process comprised of and resulting from the genetic engineering of antibody genes.
An antibody fragment can be derived from an antibody by a chemical reaction comprised of one or more of the following reactions:
(a) cleavage of one or more chemical bonds of which an antibody is comprised, said bonds being selected from, for example, carbon-nitrogen bonds, sulfur-sulfur bonds, carbon-carbon bonds, carbon-sulfur bonds, and carbon-oxygen bonds, and wherein the method of said cleavage is selected from:
1~
~ WO94/16741 21 S ~ ~ 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 (i) a catalysed chemical reaction comprising the action of a biochemical catalyst such as an enzyme such as papain or pepsin which to those skilled in the art are known to produce antibody fragments commonly - 5 referred to as Fab and Fab'2, respectively;
(ii) a catalysed chemical reaction comprising the action of an electrophilic chemical catalyst such as a hydronium ion which, for example, favorably occurs at a pH equal to or greater than 7;
(iii) a catalysed chemical reaction comprising the action of a nucleophilic catalyst such as a hydroxide ion which, for example, favorably occurs at a pH equal to or greater than 7;
(iv) a chemical reaction comprising a substitution reaction employing a reagent which is consumed in a stoichiometric manner such as a substitution reaction at a sulfur atom of a disulfide bond by a reagent comprised of a sulfhydryl group;
(v) a chemical reaction comprising a reduction reaction such as the reduction of a disulfide bond;
and (vi) a chemical reaction comprising an oxidation reaction such as the oxidation of a carbon-oxygen bond of a hydroxyl group or the oxidation of a carbon-carbon bond of a vicinal diol group such as occurs in a carbohydrate moiety; or (b) formation of one or more chemical bonds between one or more reactants, such as formation of one or more covalent bonds selected from, for example, carbon-nitrogen bonds (such as, for example, amide bonds, amine bonds, hydrazone bonds, and thiourea bonds), sulfur-sulfur bonds such as disulfide bonds, carbon-carbon bonds, carbon-sulfur bonds, and carbon-oxygen bonds, and employing as reactants in said chemical bond formation one or more reagents comprised of amino acids, peptides, carbonydrates, linking groups as defined herein, spacing groups as defined herein, protein reactive groups as defined herein, is WO94/16741 2 l S 4 g 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
and antibody fragments such as are produced as described in (a), above; or (c) an antibody fragment can be derived by formation of one or more non-covalent bonds between one or more reactants. Such non-covalent bonds are comprised of hydrophobic interactions such as occur in an aqueous medium between chemical species that are independently comprised of mutually accessible regions of-low polarity such as regions comprised of aliphatic and carbocyclic groups, and of hydrogen bond interactions such as occur in the binding of an oligonucletide with a complementary oligonucletide; or (d) an antibody fragment can be produced as a result of the methods of molecular biology or by genetic engineering of antibody genes, for example, in the genetic engineering of a single chain immunoreactive group or a Fv fragment.
An antibody fragment can be produced as a result a combination of one or more of the above methods.
In certain embodiments, the immunoreactive group can be an enzyme which has a reactive group for attachment to the receptor moiety in System A or ligand species in System B or to a linking group as described below. Representative enzymes include, but are not limited to, aspartate, aminotransaminase, alanine aminotransaminase, lactate dehydrogenase, creatine phosphokinase, gamma glutamyl transferase, alkaline acid phosphatase, prostatic acid phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase and various esterases.
If desired, the immunoreactive group can be modified or chemically altered to provide reactive groups for attaching to the residues of the receptor moiety in System A or ligand species in System B or to a linking group as described below by techniques known to those skilled in the art. Such techniques include the use of linking moieties and chemical modification such as described in WO-A-89/02931 and WO-A-89/2932, which are directed to modification of oligonucleotides, and U.S. Patent No. 4,719,182.
IC
WO94/16741 l S~9C PCT~S94/00965 Two highly preferred uses for the compositions of this invention are for the diagnostic imaging of tumors and the radiological treatment of tumors.
Preferred immunological groups therefore include antibodies (sometimes hereinafter referred to as Ab) to tumor-associated antigens. Specific non-limiting examples include B72.3 and related antibodies (described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,522,918 and 4,612,282) which recognize colorectal tumors; 9.2.27 and related anti-melanoma antibodies; D612 and related antibodies which recognize colorectal tumors; UJ13A
and related antibodies which recognize small cell lung carcinomas; NRLU-10, NRCO-02 and related antibodies which recognize small cell lung carcinomas and colorectal tumors (Pan-carcinoma); 7EllC5 and related antibodies which recognize prostate tumors; CC49 and related antibodies which recognize colorectal tumors;
TNT and related antibodies which recognize necrotic tissue; PRlA3 and related antibodies which recognize colon carcinoma; ING-1 and related antibodies, which are described in International Patent Publication WO-A-90/02569; B174, C174 and related antibodies which recognize squamous cell carcinomas; B43 and related antibodies which are reactive with certain lymphomas and leukemias; and anti-HLB and related monoclonal antibodies. An especially preferred antibody is ING-1.
WO94/16741 ~ 5 - '' ;"' PCT~S94/00965 ~
2~489~
SCHEME lA
SMCC V
\~NH2 ~NH)~--N~ Ab-M
2 o Ab;amine HS~ MRP14-protei ~,/
~NH~--N~S~ MRP14-protei o ¦ Ab-M-S- MRP14-protein SMCC V
\~NH2 ~ ~NH)~ ~ N~ ¦Ab-M
Ab-amine HS~r MRp8-protein \/
~NH~--N~S~ MRP8-protein o ¦ Ab-M-S- MRP8-protein As used herein, the term "receptor" refers to a chemical group in a molecule which comprises an active site in said molecule, or to an array of chemical groups in a molecule which comprise one or more active sites in said molecule, or to a molecule comprised of one or more chemical groups or one or more arrays of chemical groups, which group or groups or array of groups comprise one or more active sites in said 1~
WO94/16741 2 I ss ~ 3 ~ PCT~S94/00965 molecule. An "active site" of a receptor has a specific capacity to bind to or has an affinity for binding to a ligand. With respect to use with the term "receptor" or with the term "active site in a receptor", the term "ligand" as used herein refers to a molecule comprised of a specific chemical group or a specific array of chemical groups which molecule, group, or array of groups is complementary to or has a specific affinity for binding to a receptor, 0 especially to an active site in a receptor. Examples of receptors include one of two subunits of a heterodimeric protein, such as Hl; which has an affinity for binding to the other subunit of said heterodimeric protein as in System A, one of two subunits of a heterodimeric protein, such as H2 which has an affinity for binding to the other subunit of said heterodimeric protein as in System B; cell surface receptors which bind hormones; and cell surface receptors which bind drugs. The sites of specific association of one subunit, Hl, of a heterodimeric protein with the other subunit H2; of specific association of one subunit, H2, of a heterodimeric protein with said Hl; of specific binding of hormones to said cell surface receptors;
and of specific binding of drugs to all surface receptors are examples of active sites of said receptors, and the heterodimers subunit Hl and subunit H2, hormones, and drugs are examples of ligands for the respective receptors.
Preferred receptors (Rec) in System A, Hl, and in System B, H2, are comprised of the residue of an active site of a subunit of a heterodimeric protein, Hl and H2. Preferred ligands in System A, H2, and System B, Hl, are comprised of the residue of the other subunit of the heterodimeric protein, H2 and Hl.
In system A, an especially preferred receptor is comprised of the residue of the subunit MRPl4 of a calcium-binding protein belonging to the S-lO0 protein Iq WO94/16741 ~ 21 ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 family, of molecular weight of approximately 14,000 daltons. Said MRP14 subunit, in whole or in part, can be isolated from any source and used in this invention without further modification, as long as it maintains MRP8 binding activity. In system B, an especially preferred receptor is comprised of the residue of the subunit MRP8 of a calcium-binding protein belonging to the S-100 protein family, of molecular weight of approximately 8,000 daltons. Said MRP8 subunit, in whole or in part, can be isolated from any source and used in this invention without further modification, as long as it maintains MRP14 binding activity. See Edgeworth, J. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266:7706-7713 (1991); Teigelkamp, S. et al., J. Biol. Chem.
266:13462-13467 (1991); Dianoux, A-C. et al., Biochemistry 31:5898-5905 (1992); Odink, K. et al., Nature 330:80-82 (1987); Lagasse, F. et al., Mol.
Cell. Biol. 8:2402-2410 (1988). The subunits, MRP14 and MRP8, are isolated from the cytosol of human neutrophils, or the subunits are produced in a suitable organism (e.g., bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells) as a recombinant human protein. Said subunits are chemically modified before or after isolation for use in this invention, or they can be modified by well known techniques of molecular biology and isolated for use in this invention, or said molecular biology modified subunits can be chemically modified before or after isolation for use in this invention as long as the active site of each subunit is maintained in such use.
In one aspect in System A and in System B, the MRP14 is comprised of a human protein.
Preferably, said MRP14 is comprised of a recombinant human protein. More preferably, said MRP14 is comprised of a recombinant human protein which is modified by genetic engineerins techniques, which modifications comprise the independent incorporation, substitution, insertion, and deletion of specific amino acids in a peptide sequence of said protein.
~ WO94/16741 21 ~ ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 Yet more preferably, the MRP14 subunit comprised of a thus modified recombinant human protein is comprised of an active site which has an affinity for binding to a MRP8 subunit. A thus modified recombinant MRP14 subunit has an affinity for a MRP8 subunit which is greater than the affinity of the natural, unmodified, MRP14 subunit for a MRP8 subunit.
In another aspect, the Z-L-X of System A is comprised of a fusion protein. As used herein, the 0 term "fusion protein" refers to a genetically engineered material comprised of a protein whose coding region is comprised of the coding region of a residue of a first protein fused, in frame, to the coding region of a residue of a second protein.
Preferably, said fusion protein is comprised of a protein whose coding region is comprised of the coding region of a residue of an immunoreactive reagent fused, in frame, to the coding region of one or more residues of MRP14. Thus, preferably, said fusion protein is comprised of a residue of an immunoreactive reagent fused to one or more residues of MRP14. In a preferred embodiment, said fusion protein is comprised of residues of MRP14 fused to an immunoglobulin heavy chain in the CH1 region, such that when combined with an appropriate light chain the said fusion protein comprises an Fab fragment linked to one or more MRP14.
In another preferred embodiment, said fusion protein can be comprised of one or more MRP14 fused to an immunoglobulin heavy chain in the CH2 or in the CH3 3 0 region; said fusion protein, when comprised of an immunoglobulin light chain, can be comprised of a Fab'2 fragment linked to one or m~re MRP14. In yet another preferred embodiment, said fusion protein can be comprised of one or more MRP14 fused to the C-terminal end of an immunoglobulin single-chain construct and thus be comprised of an Fv fragment linked to one or more MRP14.
The above genetically engineered fusion protein comprising Z-(L1-Rec) n of System A can be comprised a ~ I
WO94/16741 2 ~ 5 4 ~ ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
protein whose coding region is independently comprised of the coding region of a residue of a human or of a non-human first protein fused, in frame, to the coding region of a residue of a human or non-human second protein. Preferably, said coding regions are independently human and bacterial or modified by genetic engineering techniques as above. More preferably, the fusion protein is comprised of a protein whose coding region is comprised of the coding 0 region of a residue of a human immunoreactive reagent fused, in frame, to the coding region of one or more residues of a human MRPl4 or a genetically engineered modified human MRPl4. Yet more preferably, the fusion protein is comprised of a thus modified recombinant MRPl4 comprised of an active site which has an affinity for binding to a MRP8 subunit. A thus modified recombinant MRPl4 subunit of a fusion protein has an affinity for a MRP8 subunit which is greater than the affinity of the natural, unmodified, MRPl4 subunit for a MRP8 subunit.
An example of a ligand that has an affinity for binding to the active site in said MRPl4 is the subunit MRP8 of a calcium-binding protein belonging to the S-lO0 protein family, of molecular weight of approximately 8,000 daltons Said MRP8 subunit, in whole or in part, can be isolated from any source, as long as it maintains MRPl4 binding activity (See references above)._ MRP8 is isolated from the cytosol of human neutrophils, or the MRP8 is produced in a suitable organism (e.g., bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells) as a recombinant human protein.
In one aspect in System A and in System B, the MRP8 subunit is comprised of a human protein.
Preferably, said MRP8 subunit is comprised of a recombinant human protein. More preferably, said MRP8 subunit is comprised of a recombinant human protein which is modified by genetic engineering techniques, which modifications comprise the independent incorporation, substitution, insertion, and deletion WO94/16741 21 ~ 4 ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 of specific amino acids in a peptide sequence of said protein. Yet more preferably, the MRP8 subunit comprised of a thus modified recombinant human protein is comprised of an active site which has an affinity - 5 for binding to a MRPl4 subunit. A thus modified recombinant MRP8 subunit has an affinity for a MRPl4 subunit which is greater than the affinity of the natural, unmodified, MRP8 subunit for a MRPl4 subunit.
In another aspect, the Z-(Ll-D) n of System B is 0 comprised of a fusion protein. Thus, preferably, said fusion protein is comprised of a residue of an immunoreactive reagent fused to one or more residues of a MRP8. In a preferred embodiment, said fusion protein is comprised of residues of MRP8 fused to an immunoglobulin heavy chain in the CHl region, such that when combined with an appropriate light chain the said fusion protein comprises an Fab fragment linked to one or more MRP8. In another preferred embodiment, said fusion protein can be comprised of one or more MRP8 fused to an immunoglobulin heavy chain in the CH2 or in the CH3 region; said fusion protein, when comprised of an immunoglobulin light chain, can be comprised of a Fab'2 fragment linked to one or more MRP8. In still another preferred embodiment, said fusion protein can be comprised of one or more MRP8 fused to the C-terminal end of an immunoglobulin single-chain construct and thus be comprised of an Fv fragment linked tQ one or more MRP8.
The above genetically engineered fusion protein comprising Z-(Ll-D) n of System B can be comprised of a protein whose coding region is independently comprised of the coding region of a residue of a human or of a non-human first protein fused, in frame, to the coding region of a residue of a human or non-human second protein. Preferably, said coding regions are independently human and bacterial or modified by genetic engineering techniques as above. More preferably, the fusion protein is comprised of a protein whose coding region is comprised of the coding ~3 WO94/16741 ~ 1 S ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 region of a residue of a human immunoreactive reagent fused, in frame, to the coding region of one or more residues of a human MRP8 or a genetically engineered modified human MRP8. Yet more preferably, the fusion protein is comprised of a thus modified recombinant MRP8 comprised of an active site which has an affinity for binding to a MRPl4 subunit. A thus modified recombinant MRP8 subunit of a fusion protein has an affinity for a MRPl4 subunit which is greater than the affinity of the natural, unmodified, MRP8 subunit for a MRPl4 subunit.
The association of a ligand with a receptor can comprise a non-covalent interaction, or it can comprise the formation of a covalent bond. Preferably the association is non-covalent.
In System A, n MRPl4 subunits are covalently linked, i.e., conjugated, by a linking group to an immunoreactive group, preferably to an antibody or to an antibody fragment, most preferably to ING-l, to form the NRTIR [i.e., Z-(Ll-Rec)n] of the System.
Preferably n is l, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. Most preferably n is l or 2.
Again in System A, in one embodiment, an MRP8 subunit is a component of a radioactive delivery agent [i.e., an RDA, Rec-(L2-Q-M) m] iS attached to m chelating groups, each by means of a linking group, and the chelating group is associated with a radionuclide. Preferably the chelating group is TMT
(described hereinbelow), the linking group is as described below, the radionuclide is an isotope of yttrium, and m is 2 to about lO.
In another embodiment, the RDA in System A is comprised of a MRP8 that contains one or more radionuclides that are covalently attached, either directly to one or more components of the MRP8 or to one or more components that are attached by a linking group as described below to the MRP8. Preferably, said covalently attached radionuclide is a WO94/16741 ; ~ 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 radioisotope of iodine attached to an aromatic ring-containing moiety.
In yet another embodiment, the RDA in System A
is comprised of a MRP8 that contains one or more radionuclides that are covalently attached, either directly to one or more components of the MRP8 (such as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,078,985, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference) or to one or more components that are 0 attached to the MRP8 by a linking group such as are derived from N3S and N2S2 containing compounds, as for example, those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos.
4,444,690; 4,670,545; 4,673,562; 4,897,255; 4,965,392;
4,980,147; 4,988,496; 5,021,556 and 5,075,099.
Preferably, said covalently attached radionuclide is selected from a radioisotope of technicium and rhenium attached to a group comprised of a sulfur atom.
In System B, n MRP8 subunits are covalently linked, i.e., conjugated, by a linking group to an immunoreactive group, preferably to an antibody or to an antibody fragment, most preferably to ING-1, to form the NRTIR [i.e., Z-(L1-Rec)n] of the System.
Preferably, n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. More preferably, n is 1 or 2.
Again in System B, in one embodiment, a MRP14 subunit is a component of a radioactive delivery agent [i.e., an RDA, Rec-(L2-Q-M)m], and is attached to m chelating groups, each by means of a linking group, and the chelating group is associated with a radionuclide. Preferably the chelating group is TMT
(described hereinbelow), the linking group is as described below, the radionuclide is an isotope of yttrium, and m is 2 to about 10.
In another embodiment, the RDA in System B is comprised of a MRP14 that contains one or more radionuclides that are covalently attached, either directly to one or more components of the MRP14 or to one or more components that are attached by a linking group as described below to the MRP14. Preferably, ~5~
WO94/16741 21~5/4 ~ 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 ~
said covalently attached radionuclide is a radioisotope of iodine attached to an aromatic ring-containing moiety. In another embodiment, the RDA in System B is comprised of a MRPl4 that contains one or more radionuclides that are covalently attached, either directly to one or more components of the MRPl4 or to one or more components that are attached by a linking group as described below to the MRPl4.
Preferably, said covalently attached radionuclide is selected from a radioisotope of technicium and rhenium attached to a group comprised of a sulfur atom.
In the NRTIR of System A and B, chemical conjugation is achieved,by use of a linking group (Ll) which, for example, is introduced through modification of, a site on an immunoreactive group. The introduction of activated groups such as activated ethylene groups (e.g., maleimide groups) on to amine groups such as lysine epsilon-amines of a protein is represented in Scheme l. Other techniques include the use of heterobifunctional linking moieties and chemical modifications such as the examples described in U. S. Patent No. 4,719,182. Additionally, those chemicals such as SMCC which are commonly commercially available, for example, from Pierce Chemical Company are included as non-limiting examples.
In System A in one aspect, chemical conjugation is otherwise achieved by using a linking group, Ll, which is introduced through mild reduction of the MRPl4 (or of the MRPl4 chemically modified by covalent attachment of reagents which contain disulfide bonds) with a reducing reagent such as dithiothreitol to produce sulfhydryl (SH) sites in the reduced MRPl4 protein moiety. In System A, reaction of the thus reduced MRPl4 protein moiety with the above described maleimide modified antibody (Ab-M) results in an antibody/receptor conjugate tAb-M-s-MRpl4 protein:
Scheme lA) linked together by one or more thioether bonds. Additionally, those chemicals which are commonly commercially available, for example, from WO94/16741 ~ 1 ~ 4 8 9 8 PCT~S94/00965 Pierce Chemical Company and the like which are useful in the covalent attachment of two proteins are included as non-limiting examples in the coupling of MRP14 to antibody in System A.
In System B, reaction of the above reduced MRP14 protein moiety with a chelating agent which contains a precursor of a linking group comprised of an activated ethylene group such as a maleimide group results in a MRP14/chelating agent conjugate wherein the reduced MRP14 is covalently attached to one or more chelating agents each by a thioether bond. Similarly, reaction of the above reduced immunoreactive protein moiety with the residue of a ligand which contains a precursor of one or more linking groups, each of which residue comprises an activated ethylene group such as a maleimide group, results in the formation of an immunoreactive protein moiety/ligand conjugate linked together by one or more thioether bonds.
In System B in another aspect, chemical conjugation is otherwise achieved by using a linking group, L2, which is introduced through mild reduction of the MRP8 (or of the MRP8 chemically modified by covalent attachment of reagents which contain disulfide bonds) with a reducing reagent such as dithiothreitol to produce sulfhydryl (SH) sites in the reduced MRP8 protein moiety. In System B, reaction of the thus reduced MRP8 protein moiety with the above described maleimide modified antibody (Ab-M) results in an antibody/receptor conjugate (Ab-M-S-MRP8 protein: Scheme lB) linked together by one or more thioether bonds. Additionally, those chemicals which are commonly commercially available, for example, from Pierce Chemical Company and the like which are useful in the covalent attachment of two proteins are included as non-limiting examples in the coupling of MRP8 to antibody in System B.
In System A, reaction of the above reduced MRP8 protein moiety with a chelating agent which contains a precursor of a linking group comprised of an activated ~1 WO94/16741 ~ 1 5 ~ ~ 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ethylene group such as a maleimide group results in a MRP8/chelating agent conjugate wherein the reduced MRP8 is covalently attached to one or more chelating agents by a thioether bond. Similarly, reaction of the thus reduced immunoreactive protein moiety to the residue of a ligand which contains a precursor of one or more linking groups, each of which residue comprises an activated ethylene group such as a maleimide group, results in the formation of an 0 immunoreactive protein moiety/ligand conjugate linked together by one or more thioether bonds.
In System A and B, other groups are useful in the coupling of the immunoreactive material to either the receptor moiety, (Hl), or the ligand moiety, (H2), particularly if the above reagents are utilized. Suitable reactive sites on the immunoreactive material and on the receptor moiety include: amine sites of lysine; terminal peptide amines; carboxylic acid sites, such as are available in aspartic acid and glutamic acid; sulfhydryl sites;
carbohydrate sites; activated carbon-hydrogen and carbon-carbon bonds which can react through insertion via free radical reaction or nitrene or carbene reaction of a so activated residue; sites of oxidation; sites of reduction; aromatic sites such as tyrosine; and hydroxyl sites.
In System A, the ratio of MRPl4 to immunoreactive group such as an antibody can vary widely from about 0.5 to lO or more. In bulk, mixtures comprised of immunoreactive groups which are unmodified and immunoreactive groups which are modified with MRPl4 are also suitable. Such mixtures can have a bulk ratio of MRPl4 to immunoreactive group of from about O.l to about lO.
In System B, the ratio of MRP8 to immunoreactive group such as an antibody can vary widely from about 0.5 to lO or more. In bulk, mixtures comprised of immunoreactive groups which are unmodified and immunoreactive groups which are modified with MRP8 are l&
~ WO94/16741 21 S~9 6 PCT~S94/00965 also suitable. Such mixtures can have a bulk ratio of MRP8 to immunoreactive group of from about O.l to about lO.
In System A, in preferred embodiments, the mole ratio of MRPl4 to immunoreacative group is from about l:l to about 6:l. It is specifically contemplated that with knowledge of the DNA sequence that encodes MRPl4, especially human MRPl4, a fusion protein can be made between the antibody and the MRPl4, or portions 0 thereof, through the use of genetic engineering techniques. It is specifically contemplated that in all of these compositions of MRPl4 bound to antibody, the MRPl4 retains a capacity to bind to the ligand subunit of the heterodimer described in the invention.
In System B, in preferred embodiments, the mole ratio of MRP8 to immunoreactive group is from about l:l to about lO:l. In bulk, mixtures comprised of immunoreactive groups which are unmodified and immunoreactive groups which are modified with MRP8 are also suitable. It is specifically contemplated that with knowledge of the DNA sequence that encodes MRP8, especially human MRP8, a fusion protein can be made between the antibody and the MRP8, or portions thereof, through the use of genetic engineering techniques. It is specifically contemplated that in all of these compositions of MRP8 bound to antibody, the MRP8 retains a capacity to bind to the receptors described in the invention.
In System A and B, following the linking of the immunoreactive group, preferably of an antibody or an antibody fragment, to MRPl4 (system A) or MRP8 (system B), the conjugate is purified by passage of the material through a gel permeation column such as Superose 6 using an appropriate elution buffer or by elution from a HPLC column such as a Shodex WS-803F
size exclusion column. Both these methods separate the applied materials by molecular size resulting in the elution of the antibody/MRPl4 conjugate in a different fraction from any residual non-conjugated aq WO94/16741 2 1 ~ ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/0~965 ~
MRP14 in System A, and in the elution of the antibody/MRP8 conjugate in a different fraction from any residual non-conjugated MRP8 in System B.
In System A and B, the concentrations of the antibody in the conjugate solutions are determined by the BCA (BioRad Catalog # 500-0001) method using bovine immunoglobulin as the protein standard.
The ability of the antibody to bind to its target antigen following conjugation to either MRP14 (system A) or MRP8 (system B) can be assayed by ELISA
or flow cytometry. A 30 cm x 7.5 mm TSK-G3000SW size-exclusion HPLC column (Supelco) fitted with a guard column of the same material can be used to determine the amount of aggregation in the final conjugate.
L1 and L2 in System A and System B are each independently a chemical bond or the residue of a linking group. In one aspect, the phrase "residue of a linking group" as used herein refers to a moiety that remains, results, or is derived from the reaction of a protein reactive group with a reactive site on a protein. The phrase "protein reactive group" as used herein refers to any group which can react with functional groups typically found on proteins.
However, it is specifically contemplated that such protein reactive groups can also react with functional groups typically found on relevant nonprotein molecules. Thus, in one aspect the linking groups L1 and L2 useful in the practice of this invention derive from those groups which can react with any relevant molecule "Z" or "Rec" as described above containing a reactive group, whether or not such relevant molecule is a protein, to form a linking group. In one aspect, preferred linking groups thus formed include the linking group, Ll, between the immunoreactive group, "Z", and the H1 receptor- containing species "Rec", (e.g. MRP14), in the NRTIR System A; the linking group, L1, between the immunoreactive group, "Z", and H2 ligand species (e.g., MRP8) in the NRTIR in System B; the linking group, L2, between the H1 receptor-3~
21$~g.9~
WO94/16741 ~ PCT~S94/00965 containing species in the "Rec", (e.g. MRP14), and the residue of the chelating group, "Q", in the RDA in System B; and between the H2 ligand-containing species (e.g.,MRP8) and the residue of the chelating agent, "Q", in the RDA in System A.
Preferred linking groups are derived from protein reactive groups selected from but not limited to:
(1) a group that will react directly with amine, alcohol, or sulfhydryl groups on the immunoreactive protein or biological molecule containing the reactive group, for example, active halogen containing groups including, for example, chloromethylphenyl groups and chloroacetyl [ClCH2C(=O)-] groups, activated 2-(leaving group substituted)-ethylsulfonyl and ethylcarbonyl groups such as 2-chloroethylsulfonyl and 2-chloroethylcarbonyl; vinylsulfonyl; vinylcarbonyl;
epoxy; isocyanato; isothiocyanato; aldehyde;
aziridine; succinimidoxycarbonyl; activated acyl groups such as carboxylic acid halides; mixed anhydrides and the like; and other groups known to be useful in conventional photographic gelatin hardening agents;
(2) a group that can react readily with modified proteins or biological molecules containing the immunoreactive group, i.e., proteins or biological molecules containing the immunoreactive group modified to contain reactive groups such as those mentioned in (1) above, for example, by oxidation of the protein to an aldehyde or a carboxylic acid, in which case the "linking group" can be derived from protein reactive groups selected from amino, alkylamino, arylamino, hydrazino, alkylhydrazino, arylhydrazino, carbazido, semicarbazido, thiocarbazido, thiosemicarbazido, sulfhydryl, sulfhydrylalkyl, sulfhydrylaryl, hydroxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl and carboxyaryl. The alkyl portions of said linking groups can contain from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms. The aryl portions of said ~`
WO94/16741 2 l ~ 4 8 ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
linking groups can contain from about 6 to about 24 carbon atoms; and (3) a group that can be linked to the protein or biological molecule containing the immunoreactive group, or to the modified protein as noted in (1) and (2) above by use of a crosslinking agent. The residues of certain useful crosslinking agents, such as, for example, homobifunctional and heterobifunctional gelatin hardeners, bisepoxides, and bisisocyanates can become a part of, i.e., a linking group in, for example, the protein-(MRP14-containing species) conjugate in System A during the crosslinking reaction. Other useful crosslinking agents, however, can facilitate the crosslinking, for example, as consumable catalysts, and are not present in the final conjugate. Examples of such crosslinking agents are carbodiimide and carbamoylonium crosslinking agents as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,421,847 and the ethers of U.S. Patent No. 4,877,724. With these crosslinking agents, one of the reactants such as the immunoreactive group must have a carboxyl group and the other such as the oligonucleotide containing species must have a reactive amine, alcohol, or sulfhydryl group. In amide bond formation, the crosslinking agent first reacts selectively with the carboxyl group, then is split out during reaction of the thus "activated" carboxyl group with an amine to form an amide linkage between, for example, the protein and MRP14-containing species, thus covalently bonding the two moieties. An advantage of this approach is that crosslinking of like molecules, e.g., proteins with proteins or MRP14-containing species with themselves is avoided, whereas the reaction of, for example, homobifunctional crosslinking agents is 3~ nonselective and unwanted crosslinked molecules are obtained.
Preferred useful linking groups are derived from various heterobifunctional cross-linking reagents such as those listed in the Pierce Chemical Company 3~
WO94tl6741 ' 21~ 6 PCT~S94/00965 Immunotechnology Catalog - Protein Modification Section, (1991 and 1992). Useful non-limiting examples of such reagents include:
Sulfo-SMCC
Sulfosuccinimidyl ~-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane- l-carboxylate.
Sulfo-SIAB
Sulfosuccinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate.
Sulfo-SMPB
Sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate.
2-Iminothiolane.
SATA
N-Succinimidyl S-acetylthioacetate.
In addition to the foregoing description, the linking groups, in whole or in part, can also be comprised of and derived from complementary sequences of nucleotides and residues of nucleotides, both naturally occurring and modified, preferably non-self-associating oligonucleotide sequences. Particularly useful, non-limiting reagents for incorporation of modified nucleotide moieties containing reactive functional groups, such as amine and sulfhydryl groups, into an oligonucleotide sequence are commercially available from, for example, Clontech Laboratories Inc. (Palo Alto California) and include Uni-Link AminoModifier (Catalog # 5190), Biotin-ON
phosphoramidite (Catalog # 5191), N-MNT-C6-AmlnoModifier (Catalog # 5202), AminoModifier II
(Catalog # 5203), DMT-C6-3'Amine-ON (Catalog # 5222), C6-ThiolModifier (Catalog # 5211), and the like. In one aspect, linking groups of this invention are derived from the reaction of a reactive functional group such as an amine or sulfhydryl group, one or more of which has been incorporated into an oligonucleotide sequence, through synthesis using one WO94/16741 ~ ~5 ~ PCT~S94/00965 of the above Clontech reagents, with, for example, one or more of the previously described protein reactive groups such as the above described heterobifunctional protein reactive groups, one or more of which has been incorporated into, for example, an immune reactive agent or a MRP14 moiety as described in system A of this invention or a MRP8 moiety as described in system B of this invention. In the NRTIR of System A, one sequence of a pair of two complementary oligonucleotide sequences is attached to one component and the complementary sequence is attached to the other components of the conjugate. For example, one sequence is attached to the immune reactive agent and the complementary oligonucleotide sequence is attached to the MRP14-containing moiety. On mixing the two components, the hybrid formed between the two complementary oligonucleotide sequences then comprises the linking group between the immune reactive agent and the MRP14-containing moiety.
In the RDA of System B, the complementary oligonucleotide sequences are separately attached to two components of the conjugate, one sequence to the residue comprised of one or more chelating agents and the complementary oligonucleotide sequence to the MRP14-containing moiety. On mixing the two compounds, the hybrid formed between the two complementary oligonucleotide sequences then comprises the linking group between the MRP14-containing moiety and the component comprised of one or more chelating agents.
In System B, one or more oligonucleotides each comprising two or more oligonucleotide units each containing a copy of the same oligonucleotide sequence linked, for example, in tandem, and optionally with spacing groups and linking groups, can be covalently attached to one MRP14-containing moiety. An oligonucleotide sequence containing a sub-sequence that is complementary to the above copied sequence and is comprised of one or more chelating agents can then be added to the above MRP14-containing moiety. The 3~
~ WO94/16741 21 5 ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 multiple hybrids formed between the parts of complementary oligonucleotide sub-sequences then comprise the linking group betweer. the MRP14-containing moiety and the multiple chelating agents.
Likewise, in the NRTIR of System B, the residue of one or more MRP8-containing moieties which associate with MRP14 can be attached to the immunoreactive group using complementary oligonucleotide hybrids as described above. In the NRTIR of System A, multiple MRP14-containing moieties can be attached to the immunoreactive protein analogously.
In the RDA of System A, an MRP8-containing moiety can be attached to multiple chelating agents using complementary oligonucleotide hybrids as described above.
Q in System A and in System B represents the residue of a chelating group. The chelating group of this invention can comprise the residue of one or more of a wide variety of chelating agents that can have a radionuclide associated therewith. As is well known, a chelating agent is a compound containing donor atoms that can combine by coordinate bonding with a metal atom to form a cyclic structure called a chelation complex or chelate. This class of compounds is described in the Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Vol. 5, 339-368.
The residues of suitable chelating agents can be independently selected from polyphosphates, such as sodium tripolyphosphate and hexametaphosphoric acid;
aminocarboxylic acids, such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylene-diaminetriacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, N,N-di(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine, ethylenebis(hydroxyphenylglycine) and diethylenetriamine pentacetic acid; 1,3-diketones, such as acetylacetone, trifluoroacetylacetone, and thenoyltrifluoroacetonei hydroxycarboxylic acids, such as tartaric acid, citric acid, gluconic acid, and 5-3 ~
WO94/16741 2 15 4 8 3 6 PCT~S94/00965 sulfosalicylic acid; polyamines, such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, and triaminotriethylamine;
aminoalcohols, such as triethanolamine and N-(2-S hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine; aromatic heterocyclic bases, such as 2,2'-dipyridyl, 2,2'-diimidazole, dipicoline amine and 1,10-phenanthroline; phenols, such as salicylaldehyde, disulfopyrocatechol, and chromotropic acid; aminophenols, such as 8-hydroxyquinoline and oximesulfonic acid; oximes, such as dimethylglyoxime and salicylaldoxime; peptides containing proximal chelating functionality such as polycysteine, polyhistidine, polyaspartic acid, polyglutamic acid, or combinations of such amino acids;
Schiff bases, such as disalicylaldehyde 1,2-propylenediimine; tetrapyrroles, such as tetraphenylporphin and phthalocyanine; sulfur compounds, such as toluenedithiol, meso-2,3-dimercaptosuccinic acid, dimercaptopropanol, thioglycolic acid, potassium ethyl xanthate, sodium diethyldithiocarbamate, dithizone, diethyl dithiophosphoric acid, and thiourea; synthetic macrocylic compounds, such as dibenzo[18]crown-6,(CH3)6-[14]-4,11-diene-N4, and (2.2.2-cryptate); and phosphonic acids, such as nitrilotrimethylene-phosphonic acid, ethylenediaminetetra(methylenephosphonic acid), and hydroxyethylidenediphosphonic acid, or combinations of two or more of the above agents.
Preferred residues of chelating agents contain polycarboxylic acid groups and include:
ethylenediamine-N, N, N',N'-tetraacetic acid (EDTA);
N,N,N',N",N"-diethylene-triaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA); 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N',N",N"'-tetraacetic acid (DOTA); 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N',N"-triacetic acid (DO3A);
1-oxa-4,7,10-triazacyclododecane-N,N',N"-triacetic acid (OTTA); and trans(1,2)-3~
21~ 6 WO94/16741 . .~ PCT~S94/00965 cyclohexanodiethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid (CDTPA).
Preferred residues of chelating agents contain polycarboxylic acid groups and include: B4A, P4A, TMT, DCDTPA, PheMT, macroPheMT, and macroTMT;
~ ~ N COOH
rN~ ~_COOH rN~
COOH COOH COOH COOH COOH ~N' N ~
B4A P4A C~oHCOOH~cooH
TMT
N ~ ~
rN N rN~ N COOH
COOH ~COOH CooHCOOH ~COOH
DCDTPA PheMT
rN~ rN~ ~?
COOH N ~ N N
~COOH COO ~ COOH
M~,url,eMT M~roTMT
In one aspect, other suitable residues of chelating agents are comprised of proteins modified for the chelation of metals such as technetium and rhenium as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,078,985, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
1~ In another aspect, suitable residues of chelating agents are derived from N3S and N2S2 containing compounds, as for example, those disclosed WO94/16741 215 ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,444,690; 4,670,545; 4,673,562;
4,897,255; 4,965,392; 4,980,147; 4,988,496; 5,021,556 and 5,075,099.
Other suitable residues of chelating agents are described in PCT/US91/08253, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. If Q is comprised of the residue of multiple chelating agents, such agents can be linked together by one or more linking groups such as described above.
The residues of the chelating agent Q are independently linked to the other components of this invention through a chemical bond or a linking group such as L2 as described above. Preferred linking groups also include nitrogen atoms in groups such as amino, imido, nitrilo and imino groups; alkylene, preferably containing from 1 to 18 carbon atoms such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene and hexylene, such alkylene optionally being interrupted by 1 or more heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur or heteroatom-containing groups; carbonyl;
sulfonyl; sulfinyl; ether; thioether; ester, i.e., carbonyloxy and oxycarbonyl; thioester, i.e., carbonylthio, thiocarbonyl, thiocarbonyloxy, and oxythiocarboxy; amide, i.e., iminocarbonyl and carbonylimino; thioamide, i.e., iminothiocarbonyl and thiocarbonylimino; thio; dithio; phosphate;
phosphonate; urelene; thiourelene; urethane, i.e., iminocarbonyloxy,and oxycarbonylimino; an amino acid linkage, i.e., a ~ ~ k ~ ~k group wherein k=1 and X1, X2, X3 independently are H, alkyl, containing from 1 to 18, preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl and propyl, such alkyl optionally being interrupted by 1 or more heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, containing from 6 3~
~ WO94/16741 21 5 ~ ~ 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 to 18, preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms such as phenyl, hydroxyiodophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, fluorophenyl and naphthyl, aralkyl, preferably containing from 7 to 12 carbon atoms, such as benzyl, heterocyclyl, preferably containing from 5 to 7 nuclear carbon and one or more heteroatoms such as S, N, P or O, examples of . preferred heterocyclyl groups being pyridyl, quinolyl, imidazolyl and thienyl; heterocyclylalkyl, the heterocyclyl and alkyl portions of which preferably are described above; or a peptide linkage, i.e., a N ~ or ~ N ~ k Xl Xl group wherein k>1 and each X independently is represented by a group as described for X1, X2, X3 above. Two or more linking groups can be used, such as, for example, alkyleneimino and iminoalkylene. It is contemplated that other linking groups may be suitable for use herein, such as linking groups commonly used in protein heterobifunctional and homobifunctional conjugation and crosslinking chemistry as described for L1 or L2 above. Especially preferred linking groups include amino groups which when linked to the residue of a chelating agent via an isothiocyanate group on the chelating agent form thiourea groups.
The linking groups can contain various substituents which do not interfere with the coupling reaction between the chelating agent Q and the other components of this invention. The linking groups can also contain substituents which can otherwise interfere with such reaction, but which during the coupling reaction, are prevented from so doing with suitable protecting groups commonly known in the art and which substituents are rege~erated after the couplins reaction by suitable deprotection. The linking groups can also contain substituents that are 3q WO94/16741 Z 1 5 48 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 introduced after the coupling reaction. For example, the linking group can be substituted with substituents such as halogen, such as F, Cl, Br or I; an ester group; an amide group; alkyl, preferably containing from 1 to about 18, more preferably, 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, i-propyl, butyl, and the like; substituted or unsubstituted aryl, preferably containing from 6 to about 20, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms such as phenyl, 0 naphthyl, hydroxyphenyl, iodophenyl, hydroxyiodophenyl, fluorophenyl and methoxyphenyl;
substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, preferably containing from 7 to about 12 carbon atoms, such as benzyl and phenylethyl; alkoxy, the alkyl portion of which preferably contains from 1 to 18 carbon atoms as described for alkyl above; alkoxyaralkyl, such as ethoxybenzyl; substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, preferably containing from 5 to 7 nuclear carbon and heteroatoms such as S, N, P or O, examples of preferred heterocyclyl groups being pyridyl, quinolyl, imidazolyl and thienyl; a carboxyl group; a carboxyalkyl group, the alkyl portion of which preferably contains from 1 to 8 carbon atoms; or the residue of a chelating group.
In one embodiment, multiple chelating groups, Q, can be attached to the MRP8 in system A (and to MRP14 in system B) using reagents of the form represented in structure 1.
L [[A]a~ [B]b¦ W
I f Q~
M
Structure 1 wherein:
~0 WO94/16741 ~82 ~ PCT~S94/00965 L is the residue of a protein reactive group as defined above, wherein preferab~y L is a linking group comprised of the residue of an amide group, a chemical bond, an amino acid residue, or an arylene group which may be substituted by one or more hydroxyl groups; A
is an alkylene group, a polyalkylene oxidyl group, an amino acid residue, a peptide residue, or a group containing pendant substituents which contain heteroatoms (such as, for example, oxygen in the form 0 of one or more hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups or salts thereof, amido groups, ether groups, sulfur in the form of thioether, sulfone, sulfoxide or sulfonate, nitrogen in the form of amino groups, amido groups or a diazo linkage, or phosphorous in the form of phosphate); B is selected from A but modified to contain one or more radionuclides bound thereto by chelating groups, Q, as defined above, such as, for example, but not limited to, TMT groups or DTPA
groups, macrocyclic chelating groups, chelate groups that contain sulfur atoms, chelate groups that contain nitrogen atoms, chelate groups that contain pyridine rings, and chelate groups that contain carboxylate or phosphate groupsi W is selected from H, alkyl, aralkyl, alkylene, carboxylic acid groups, amino groups, amido groups, aryl groups, hydroxyaryl groups, a therapeutically effective and diagnostically effective radioisotope of an atom (such as iodine in the form of an iodo group, and the like) that can be covalently attached to a component of structure (1) [as distinct from a therapeutically effective or diagnostically effective radioisotope of an ion that can be bound to a component of structure (1) via a chelate group], a chelate group that may contain a therapeutically effective or diagnostically effective radioisotope; M, is a metal ion such as yttrium, indium, rhenium, copper, scandium, bismuth, lead, leuticum and the like; a is zero or an integer from one to about 100; b, q, and f are independently integers from one to about 100.
Y~
WO94/16741 ` ` 8~ 6 PCT~S94100965 In the RDA of System A, preferred non-limiting examples of linking groups include the residue of a sulfur protected linear peptide H2N-[D-(S-t-Butyl)-Cys]=Ala-Ala-Ala-Ala-Lys-Lys-OH as well as the residue of a sulfur protected linear-peptide H2N-[L-(S-t-Butyl)-Cys]=Ala-Ala-Ala-Ala-Lys-Lys-OH, both of which may be independently synthesized via solid-phase methodology on an ABI 430A automated peptide synthesizer using the instructions provided by the manufacturer.
The linear peptide H2N-[D-(S-t-Butyl)-Cys]--Ala-Ala-Ala-Ala-Lys-Lys-OH can be synthesized via solid-phase methodology, on an ABI 430A Automated Peptide Synthesizer. A solid support useful in the synthesis is a 4-Alkoxybenzyl alcohol polystyrene resin (Wang resin). The N-alpha-Fmoc protecting group can be used throughout the synthesis, with S-trityl side chain protection on D-Cys, and t-BOC protection on the side chain of Lys. The peptide chain can be assembled using the ABI FastMocTM software protocols (0.25 mmole scale, HBTU activated couplings, 4 fold excess of amino acid, l hour) for Fmoc-chemistry. The epsilon amines of the lysine groups of these peptides are reacted with a protein reactive group on a chelating agent, for example with TMT-NCS to form a thiourea linking group to each lysine. The 4-Butyl protecting group on sulfur is removed with acid, and the thus produced peptide containing the SH group is then conjugated using the sulhydryl group to MRP8 and the previously described maleimide heterobifunctional chemistry. The thus prepared conjugate is then exposed to a solution of a radionuclide such as 9Y+3Cl3 in acetate buffer to form the RDA.
The delivery agent (RDA) in System B is comprised of a MRPl4 moiety conjugated to one or more chelating agents via a linking group in a like manner.
Additional chelating agents and radionuclides bound to chelating agents are incorporated by preparing, for example, analogous peptides comprised WO94116741 $~95 PCT~S94/00965 of additional Lys-TMT and Lys-TMT-radionuclide groups.
Preferably, the number of such Lys-TMT and Lys-TMT-radionuclide residues is from l to about 6, and more preferably from 2 to about 6.
In the System B, the NRTIR is comprised of one or more ligands such as, for example, MRP8, that each have an affinity for binding to a MRPl4. Each such MRP8 is conjugated by a linking group (Ll) to an immunoreactive group (Z) as defined above. The NRTIR
0 preferably contains l to about lO of such ligands, more preferably 2 to about 4.
In one embodiment, both in System A and System B, it is desirable that the radionuclide be a metal ion and that said metal ion be easily complexed to the chelating agent, for example, by merely exposing or mixing an aqueous solution of the chelating agent-containing moiety with a metal salt in an aqueous solution preferably having a pH in the range of about 4 to about ll to form the RDA. The salt can be any salt, but preferably the salt is a water soluble salt of the metal such as a halogen salt, and more preferably such salts are selected so as not to interfere with the binding of the metal ion with the chelating agent of the RDA. In the process of formation of the chelate with the metal ion, the chelating agent-containing moiety is preferably in an aqueous solution at a pH of between about 4 and about 9, more preferably between pH about 5 to about 8. The chelating agent-containing moiety can be mixed with buffer salts such as citrate, acetate, phosphate and borate to produce the optimum pH. Preferably, said buffer salts are selected so as not to interfere with the subsequent binding of the metal ion to the chelating agent.
In therapeutic applications, the RDA of this invention preferably contains a ratio of metal radionuclide ion to chelating agent that is effective in such therapeutic applications. In preferred ~3 WO94/16741 2 ~ S ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 ~
embodiments, the mole ratio of metal ion per chelating agent is from about 1:100 to about 1:1.
In diagnostic imaging, applications, the RDA of this invention preferably contains a ratio of metal radionuclide ion to chelating agent that is effective in such diagnostic imaging applications. In preferred embodiments, the mole ratio of metal ion per chelating agent is from about 1:1,000 to about 1:1.
In another embodiment, the RDA of this invention 0 can comprise a non-radioisotope of a metal ion. The metal ions can be selected from, but are not limited to, elements of groups IIA through VIA. Preferred metals include those of atomic number 12, 13, 20, the transition elements 21 - 33, 38 - 52, 56, 72 -84 and 88 and those of the lanthanide series (atomic number 57 -71).
In another embodiment, the RDA of this invention can comprise a radionuclide. The radionuclide can be selected, for example, from radioisotopes of Sc, Fe, Pb, Ga, Y, Bi, Mn, Cu, Cr, Zn, Ge, Mo, Tc, Ru, In, Sn, Sr, Sm, Lu, Sb, W, Re, Po, Ta and Tl. Preferred radionuclides include 44SC, 64CU, 67CU, lllIn, 212pb, 68Ga, 87y, 90y~ 153Sm, 212Bi, 99mTC, 177Lu 186Re and 188Re .
Of these, especially preferred is 90Y. These radioisotopes can be atomic or preferably ionic.
In yet another embodiment, the RDA of this invention comprises a diagnostically effective amount of a radionuclide and a therapeutically effective amount of a second radionuclide. Preferably, the diagnostically effective radionuclide is an radioisotope of iodine such as 131I, and the therapeutically effective isotope is a radioisotope of Y, Sc, Cu, Pb, Ga, Bi and Re.
In a further embodiment, the RDA of this invention can comprise a fluorescent metal ion. The fluorescent metal ion can be selected from, but is not limited to, metals of atomic number 57 to 71. Ions of the following metals are preferred: La, Ce, Pr, Nd, ~y WO94/16741 21 PCT~S94/00965 $~8~
Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, and Lu. Eu is especially preferred.
In a still further embodiment, the RDA of this invention can comprise one or more paramagnetic elements which are suitable for the use in MRI
applications. The paramagnetic element can be selected from elements of atomic number 21 to 29, 43, 44 and 57 to 71. The following elements are preferred: Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, 0 Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb and Lu.
Mn, Gd, and Dy are especially preferred.
In Systems A and B, which describe subunit portions of heterodimeric proteins (Hl and H2), the identity of the receptor subunit and the ligand subunit are interchangeable. The preferred ligand subunit is MRP8, and the preferred receptor subunit is MRP14, but other receptor/ligand pairs are contemplated herein and, as non-limiting examples, they are described below:
MRPl4 and MRP8 ~also known as pl4 and p8, also known as the cystic fibrosis antigen, also known as Ll heavy chain and Ll light chain);
alpha and beta chains of the T cell receptor;
delta and gamma chains of the T cell receptor;
proteins of the cytokine IL-2;
natural killer cell stimulatory factor;
cytochrome b558;
signal recognition particle;
ligandin;
chaperone proteins;
punta toro virus glycoproteins;
hepatopoietins A and B;
human platelet-derived growth factor;
lipocortin II;
the heterodimeric proteins of the following enzymes:
glutathione S-transferases;
reverse transcriptase;
luciferase;
'~
WO94/16741 2 i ~ ~ 8 ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
creatine kinase;
phosphoglycerate mutase;
alcohol dehydrogenase; and gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
An example of a structure of an RDA that has utility in this invention is represented by structure 2.
~MRP)~CH2 N~ O R' 0 H . R~o S-CH2-CH-C--N-C 1l ~ ¦ 11 N
NH2 . H R . ml . H ~ m2~ H R~ m3 HN
CH30 ~S
~, NH
~N N
CH2 90Y+3 CH2 ~OOC aO0- ~OOC C00~ +Na(orH+) Structure 2 Wherein:
MRP comprises one of the residue of a ligand, MRP8, in system A or the residue of a receptor, MRP14, in system B; each of R' and R" is independently selected from a component of an amino acid that comprise a natural amino acid such as glycine, alanine, leucine, serine, lysine, isoleucine, glutamine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, proline, threonine, valine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, and the like, as well as unnatural amino acids, an unnatural racemate of a natural amino acids, and from H, a polyalkylene oxidyl group with a molecular weight in ~t~
WO94/16741 21 ~4 8 ~ 6 PCT~S94/00965 .:
the range of 72 to 5000 daltons, and the alkyl units therein comprised of from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched peptide group comprised of from 2 to 20 of the above amino acids and which may contain from 1 to 10 additional radioactive groups;
each of m1, m2, and m3 is independently selected from zero and an integer between 1 and 10 with the proviso that m2 is at least 1, and preferably 2 to about 5; and W is selected from OH, NH2, a residue of a group, preferably chelating agent such as TMT chelated to a radioactive metal ion such as 90Y+3, an O-alkyl group wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as an O-methyl group, and NRaRb wherein each of Ra and Rb is independently selected from an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, H, a hydroxyl ethyl group and a poly(alkylene oxidyl) group such as -PEG-OH and -PEG-O-alkyl (e.g., -PEG-O-CH3) wherein the alkyl is as described above and the PEG is a poly (ethylene oxidyl) with an average molecular weight in the range between 72 and 5,000 daltons.
Another example of a structure of an RDA that has utility in this invention is structure 3 below:
~1 WO94/16741 215 ~ 8 ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
(MRP)R~CH2--N~ O R' O H ' R~o S-CH2CH-C--N~ C 1l _~ ¦ 1l N ~ W
NH2 R",R~m; m~, . H ~ .m5 H R~ Im6 HN
OCH3N~= S
~, l~N N
CH2 90Y~3 CH2 ~OOC COO~ ~OOC COO~ +Na (orH+) Structure 3 Wherein:
MRP comprises one of a residue of a ligand (MRP8) in system A or a residue of a receptor (MRP14) in system B; each of R' and R" is independently selected from a component of an amino acid that comprise, for example, a natural amino acid such as glycine, alanine, leucine, serine, lysine, isoleucine, glutamine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, proline, threonine, valine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, and the like, as well as an unnatural amino acid or a racemate of natural amino acid, and from H, a poly(alkylene oxidyl) group as described above, a branched peptide group which may contain from one to about 10 additional radioactive groups as described above;
each of m4, ms, and m6 is independently selected from zero and an integer between 1 and 10 with the proviso that ms is at least 1, and preferably 2 to about 5; and W is selected from OH, NH2, the residue of a radioactive group as described above, an O-alkyl group as described above, NRaRb wherein each of Ra and Rb is 2~ independently selected from a alkyl groups as 4g WO94/16741 21 ~4 8 ~ 6 PCT~S94/00965 described above, H, a polyalkylene oxide moiety such as PEG-OH and PEG-O-alkyl (e.g., PEG-O-CH3) wherein the PEG is described above, and a m7 an integer from 1 to about 12;
In a preferred embodiment, an effective dose of an RDA of System A or of System B as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is prepared by exposing a composition of a precursor of an RDA (said precursor comprising a residue of an MRP8, a linking group, and a residue of a chelating agent in System A, and a residue of a MRP14, a linking group, and a residue of a chelating agent in System B) to a source of radioactive metal ion wherein the molar amount of said radionuclide metal ion is less than the molar amount of the chelating group comprising the RDA and wherein the duration of such exposure lasts an effective time so that uptake of said metal ion into said RDA is achieved.
In a preferred embodiment, an effective dose of a NRTIR of System A or System B as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to a patient and said NRTIR is allowed to accumulate at the target site such as at a tumor site in said patient. Subsequently, at an effective time, an effective dose of a RDA as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to said patient, and said RDA is allowed to accumulate at the target site, said target site being the NRTIR
accumulated at said tumor site in said patient.
In a preferred embodiment, a therapeutically effective dose of a NRTIR of System A or System B as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to a patient or to a tissue from a patient and said NRTIR is allowed to accumulate at the target site such as at a tumor site in said patient. Subsequently, at a therapeutically effective time of from one to about fourteen days, a therapeutically effective dose of a RDA as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is ~t9 WO94/16741 21 5 ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 ~
administered to said patient or to the tissue from said patient, and is allowed to accumulate at the target site, said target site being the NRTIR
accumulated at said tumor site in said patient.
In another embodiment of this invention, a mixture of an RDA comprising a diagnostically effective radioactive isotope in combination with an RDA comprising a therapeutically effective radioactive isotope in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation is specifically contemplated. For example, the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RDA comprising a radionuclide such as 90Y+3 together with a diagnostic imaging effective dose of an RDA comprising radionuclide such as 87y+3 wherein the ratio of the molar concentration of the therapeutically effective radionuclide ion to the molar concentration of the diagnostically effective radionuclide ion is between l and lO,000, preferably between l and l,000, permits the simultaneous diagnostic imaging of at least a portion of the tissue of a host patient during therapeutic treatment of said patient.
In another embodiment of this invention, the use of radioisotopes of iodine is specifically contemplated. For example, if the RDA of System A or of System B is comprised of substituents that can be chemically substituted by iodine in a covalent bond forming reaction, such as, for example, substituents containing hydroxyphenyl functionality, such substituents can be labeled by methods well known in the art with a radioisotope of iodine. The thus covalently linked iodine species can be used in the aforementioned fashion in therapeutic and diagnostic imaging applications.
The present invention also comprises one or more NRTIR as described above formulated into compositions together with one or more non-toxic physiologically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles which are collectively referred to herein as carriers, for parenteral injection for oral administration in solid SO
WO94/16741 I S~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 or liquid form, for rectal or topical administration, or the like. The present invention also comprises one or more RDA as described above formulated into compositions together with one or more non-toxic physiologically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles which are collectively referred to herein as carriers, for parenteral injection, for oral administration in solid or liquid form, for rectal, or topical administration, or the like.
0 The compositions can be administered to humans and animals either orally, rectally, parenterally (intravenous, by intramuscularly or subcutaneously), intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, intravesically, locally (powders, ointments or drops), or as a buccal or nasal spray. It is specifically contemplated that the NRTIR and the RDA can be administered by the same route such as orally, rectally, parenterally (intravenous, by intramuscularly or subcutaneously), intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, intravesically, locally (powders, ointments or drops), or as a buccal or nasal spray. It is also contemplated that the NRTIR can be administered by a route different from that of the RDA.
Compositions suitable for parenteral injection comprise physiologically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (propyleneglycol, polyethyleneglycol, glycerol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions and by the use of surfactants.
2 ~ 9 6 WO94/16741 PCT~S94/00965 These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispensing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example sugars, sodium chloride and the like.
Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is admixed with at least one inert customary excipient (or carrier) such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate or (a) fillers or extenders, as for example, starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and silicic acid, (b) binders, as for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alignates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose and acacia, (c) humectants, as for example, glylcerol, (d) disintegrating agents, as for example, agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain complex silicates and sodium carbonate, (e) solution retarders, as for example paraffin, (f) absorption accelerators, as for example, quaternary ammonium compounds, (g) wetting agents, as for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, ~h) adsorbents, as for example, kaolin and bentonite, and (i) lubricants, as for example, talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate or mixtures thereof.
In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents.
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk S~
WO94/16741 21 S~ ~ 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethyleneglycols, and the like. Solid dosage forms such as tablets, dragees, capsules, pills and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and others well known in the art.
They may contain opacifying agents, and can also be of such composition that they release the active compound or compounds in a certain part of the intestinal tract in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used are polymeric substances and waxes.
The active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, as for example, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propyleneglycol, l,3-butyleneglycol, dimethylformamide, oils, in particular, cottonseed oil, groundnut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil and sesame oil, glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethyleneglycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
Besides such inert diluents, the composition can also include adjuvants, such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents, as for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, 5~
WO94/16741 2 1~ 4 ~ 8 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, or mixtures of ~hese substances, and the like.
Compositions for rectal administrations are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of the present invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethyleneglycol or a suppository wax, which are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at body temperature and therefore, melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active component.
Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, powders, sprays and inhalants. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a physiologically acceptable carrier and any preservatives, buffers or propellants as may be required. Opthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders and solutions are also contemplated as being within the scope of this lnvent lon .
Actual dosage levels of active ingredients in the compositions of the present invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of active ingredient that is effective to obtain a desired therapeutic response for a particular composition and method of administration. The selected dosage level therefore depends upon the desired therapeutic effect, on the route of administration, on the desired duration of treatment and other factors.
The total daily dose of the compounds of this invention administered to a host in single of divided dose may be in amounts, for example, of from about l nanomol to about 5 micromols per kilogram of body weight. Dosage unit compositions may contain such amounts of such sub-multiples thereof as may be used to make up the daily dose. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the body- weight, general health, sex, diet, time and route of administration, rates of s~t WO94/16741 1 S~;~9;~ PCT~S94/0096S
absorption and excretion, combination with other drugs and the severity of the particular disease being treated.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of diagnosis comprising the administration of a diagnostic imaging effective amount of the compositions of the present invention to a mammal or to a tissue from said mammal in need of such diagnosis. A method for diagnostic imaging for 0 use in medical procedures in accordance with this invention comprises administering to the body of a test subject in need of a diagnostic image an effective diagnostic image producing amount of the above-described compositions. In this method, an effective diagnostic image producing amount of a non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent (NRTIR) as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to a patient and said non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent is allowed to accumulate at the target site such as at a tumor site in said patient. Subsequently, a diagnostic imaging effective dose of a radioactive delivery reagent (RDA) as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to said patient, and said radioactive targeting reagent is allowed to accumulate at the target site, said target site being the said non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent accumulated at said tumor site in said patient. The image pattern can then be visualized.
Alternatively, a portion of an NRTIR may be reacted with a diagnostic imaging effective amount of a reagent comprised of a radionuclide prior to administration of the entire amount of said NRTIR to the environs of a tissue of interest of a patient undergoing such diagnostic imaging, waiting for an effective period of time during which time the immunoreactive group in both the NRTIR and the portion of the NRTIR reacted with the diagnostically effective reagent will bind to sites on cells of said tissue of WO94/16741 2 1 S 4 ~ 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
~ .
interest and during which time unbound NRTIR and unbound portion of reacted NRTIR will be removed from the environs of said tissue, and then obtaining an image as a function of time of all or part of said tissue of interest. When the image of all or part of said tissue of interest is optimal, a diagnostic imaging or a therapeutically effective amount of RDA
containing the same or a different radionuclide as that employed on the above reacted NRTIR is administered to said tissue of interest of said patient.
In addition to human patients, the test subjects can include mammalian species such as rabbits, dogs, cats, monkeys, sheep, pigs, horses, bovine animals and the like.
After administration of the compositions of the present invention, the subject mammal is maintained for a time period sufficient for the administered compositions to be distributed throughout the subject and enter the tissues of the mammal. A sufficient time period is generally from about l hour to about 2 weeks or more and, preferably from about 2 hours to about l week.
The following examples further illustrate the invention and are not to be construed as limiting of the specification and claims in any way. Specific embodiments of the invention are illustrated in the following examples.
EXAMPLES
The following examples for the construction of conjugates between an antibody and MRPl4. In these examples ING-l (a chimeric IgGl antibody) is chosen for the methodologies; other antibodies such as those described herein are useful. The MRPl4 referred to below is of human neutrophil origin, purified as outlined below. MRP8 can be conjugated to antibodies by similar procedures.
~G
WO94/16741 ~ PCT~S94/00965 Example 1 Purification of MRP14 and MRP8 from Human Neutrophils The two proteins MRP14 and MRP8 have been isolated and molecularly cloned, Odink, K. et al., Nature 330: 80-82 (1987); Lagasse, F. et al. Mol.
Cell. Biol. 8: 2402-2410 (1988). The preferred source for these materials is the recombinant form of the proteins which require no separation from their natural heterodimer complex before use.
Rapid puri~ication of milligram quantities of MRP14 and MRP8 from neutrophil cytoplasm is achieved by following published methods, Edgeworth, J. et al.
J. Biol. Chem. 266: 7706-7713 (1991). In brief, a purified neutrophil preparation is obtained by centrifuging citrated human blood through dextran followed by percoll density gradient separation of the pelleted cells. Neutrophil cytoplasm is obtained by disrupting the cells by nitrogen cavitation and then layering the non-sedimentable fraction onto a discontinuous Percoll gradient (1.12 about 1.05 g/L).
After centrifugation at 17,000 g for 20 minutes, the uppermost layer of cytoplasmic proteins is subjected to anion exchange protein chromatography on a MonoQ
column and cation exchange chromatography on a MonoS
column. The final MRP14/MRP8 complex is separated into component heterodimers by treatment with 9 M urea containing 0.5% 2-mercaptoethanol (Odink et al, supra) followed by application of the sample to a Roto for preparative IEF cell with ampholités in the pH range 5 - 7.5. MRP14 is eluted with a pl of 5.5 and MRP8 is eluted with a pl of 6.7 The purified subunits are immediately desalted on PD-10 columns, concentrated and stored at -80C. Purity of the subunits is checked by passage through one of two CNBr-activated Sepharose immunoaffinity columns containing immobilized monoclonal antibodies against either MRP14 or MRP8 (Teigelkamp, S., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 266:
215 1 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965~
13462-13467 (1991)). The purified subunits are eluted with 0.1 M glycine and immediately desalted on PD-10 columns before storage at -80C.
WO94/16741 1 ~ 8~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 Example 2 (2a) Preparation of Antibody-Malemide with Sulfo-SMCC
(ING-l-Maleimide) A sulfo-SMCC solution (36 nmoles) in PBS is added to a sample of a chimeric antibody (ING-l; 6 nmoles) solution in phosphate buffer (pH7). The 0 resulting mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes with occasional mixing at room temperature. The reaction is stopped with 60 nmoles basic tris buffer.
The reaction mixture is diluted with phosphate buffed saline, added to a prewashed PD-lO column, and eluted with PBS to afford ING-l-malemide. This material is stored on ice until use.
(2b) Preparation of mercaptoalkyl-Antibody A sample of a chimeric antibody (ING-l; 6 nmoles) solution in O.l M carbonate buffer (pH 8.8) is mixed with 200 nmoles of an aqueous solution of 2-iminothiolane. The resulting mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes with occasional mixing at room temperature. The reaction mixture is diluted with phosphate buffed saline, added to a prewashed PD-lO
column, and eluted with PBS to afford mercaptoalkyl-ING-l. This material is stored on ice until use.
(2c) Preparation of mercapto-antibody using SATA
A solution containing 6 nmoles of ING-l in PBS
is vortexed while 60 nmoles of SATA (in DMSO) are added. After mixing and standing at room temperature for 60 minutes, the reaction mixture is diluted with PBS, and eluted from a PD-lO column with PBS to afford ING-l-NH-CO-CH2-S-COCH3. The acetylthioacetylated antibody is deprotected by the addition of 30 ~L of a pH 7.5 solution containing lO0 mM sodium phosphate, 25 SS
j l ~
WO94/16741 PCT~S94/00965 21~89~ ~
mM EDTA, 50 mM NH2OH. The reaction proceeds for two hours at room temperature after which the material is again passed down a PD-10 column by elution with PBS.
The final product, ING-l(N)-CO-CH2-SH, is used immediately.
(2d) Radiolabeling of ING-1 with 125I or l31I
An aliquot of ING-1 (500 ~g) is labeled with either 125I monochloride or 131I monochloride (at about 5 mCi/mg) in the presence of Iodogen (Sodium N-chlorobenzenesulfonamide: Pierce Chemical Co) beads in a volume of 500 ~L lOOmM phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) at room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction is terminated by passage of the labeled antibody down a prewashed NAP-5 column. The iodinated protein is eluted with PBS and stored at 4C until use.
Example 3 (3a) Preparation of mercapto-MRP14 using SATA
A solution containing 50 nmoles of MRP14 in PBS
is vortexed while 500 nmoles of SATA (in DMSO) are added. After mixing and standing at room temperature for 60 minutes, the reaction mixture is diluted with PBS, and eluted from a PD-10 column with PBS to afford MRP14(N)-CO-CH2-S-CO-CH3. The acetylthioacetylated MRP14 is deprotected by the addition of 25 ~L of a pH
7.5 solution containing 100 mM sodium phosphate, 25 mM
EDTA, 100 mM NH2OH. The reaction proceeds for two hours at room temperature after which the material is again passed down a PD-10 column by elution with PBS.
The final product, MRP14(N)-CO-CH2-SH, is used immediately.
(3b) Preparatlon of mercaptoalkyl-MRP14 ~0 WO94/16741 21 S~ PCT~S94/0096 A sample of MRP14 (50 nmoles) is dissolved in 0.1 M carbonate buffer (pH 9) and 4 ~moles of an aqueous solution of 2-iminothiolane are added. The reactants are vortex mixed and kept at room temperature for 120 minutes. The reaction mixture is quenched by the addition of 4 ~moles of ethanolamine, diluted with phosphate buffed saline. The reaction mixture is added to a prewashed PD-10 column, and eluted with PBS to afford MRP14 (NH) -1 0 C (=NH2+) CH2CH2CH2SH. For use in conjugation to maleimide-derivatized ING-l, the product is eluted off the column directly into the maleimide-derivatized ING-l solution.
(3c) Preparation of reduced MRP14 using dithiothreitol A solution containing 40 nmoles of MRP14 in PBS
is vortexed and an equal volume of 500 mM
dithiothreitol in PBS is added. After mixing and standing on ice for 60 minutes, the reaction mixture is eluted from a prewashed PD-10 column with PBS to afford MRP14-SH. For use in conjugation to maleimide-derivatized antibody, the product is eluted off the column directly into the maleimide-derivatized antibody solution. Otherwise the final product is used immediately after preparation.
(3d) Preparation of MRP14-Maleimide with Sulfo-SMCC
A sulfo-SMCC solution (300 nmoles) in PBS is added to a sample of MRP14 (50 nmoles) in phosphate buffer (pH7). The resulting mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes with occasional mixing at room temperature. The reaction is stopped by the addition of 60 nmoles basic tris buffer. The reaction mixture is diluted with phosphate buffed saline, added to a prewashed PD-10 column, and eluted with PBS to afford ~ I
WO94/16741 2 15 4 ~ ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
MRP14-maleimide. This material is stored on ice until use.
(3e) Radiolabeling of proteins and protein subunits with 125I or 131I
An aliquot of MRP14 (500 ~g) is labeled with 125I monochloride or 131I monochloride ~at about 5 mCi/mg) in the presence of Iodogen (Sodium N-chlorobenzenesulfonamide) beads in a volume of 500 ~l of 100 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) at room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction is terminated by passage of the labeled protein down a prewashed NAP-5 column. The iodinated MRP14 is eluted with PBS and stored at 4C until use.
An aliquot of MRP8 (500 ~g) is labeled with 125 monochloride or 131I monochloride (at about 5 mCi/mg) in the presence of Iodogen (Sodium N-chlorobenzenesulfonamide) beads in a volume of 500 ~l of 100 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) at room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction is terminated by passage of the labeled protein down a prewashed NAP-5 column. The iodinated MRP8 is eluted with PBS and stored at 4C until use.
An aliquot of the antibody, ING-1, (500 ~g) is labeled with 125I monochloride or 131I monochloride (at about 5 mCi/mg) in the presence of Iodogen (Sodium N-chlorobenzenesulfonamide) beads in a volume of 500 ~l of 100 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) at room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction is terminated by passage of the labeled protein down a prewashed NAP-5 column. The iodinated ING-1 is eluted with PBS and stored at 4C until use.
Example 4 WO94/16741 ~ 6 PCT~S94/00965 Conjugation of MRPs to TMT-NCS
TMT-NCS or another suitable derivative thereof can be conjugated to either MRP14 or MRP8 subunits of the MRP14/MRP8 heterodimer. Each TMT-conjugated subunit exhibits an affinity for binding to the respective complementary heterodimer subunit. MRP8 (at approximately 5.0 mg/mL) as produced in Example 1 is dialyzed into phosphate buffered saline at pH 7.2.
0 The conjugation of MRP8 to TMT-NCS is achieved by first adding 1.0 M carbonate, 150 mM sodium chloride buffer, pH 9.3 to MRP8 until the pH of the MRP8 solution reaches 9Ø A sample of that MRP8 solution, containing approximately 250 ~g of protein, is then pipetted into an acid washed, conical, glass reaction vial. A solution of TMT-NCS is prepared by dissolving 10 mg in 10 mL of 1.0 M carbonate, 150 mM sodium chloride buffer, pH 9.0 at 4C. The conjugation reaction is started by the addition of 100 ~L of the TMT-NCS solution to the MRP8 to give a 4-fold (mole:mole) molar excess of TMT-NCS over MRP8. The solution is stirred briefly at room temperature to mix the reactants and then left in the dark at room temperature for 4 hours and then at 4C overnight.
After 16 hours, the MRP8/TMT conjugate is separated from unconjugated TMT by applying the reaction mixture to a PD-10 chromatography column which had been pre-washed and equilibrated with 50 mM sodium acetate in 150 mM sodium chloride buffer, pH 5.6. The pure conjugate is eluted off the column with 2.5 mL of that same buffer.
The protein concentration of MRP8 in the conjugate solutions is determined by the BCA protein assay (BioRad) using bovine immunoglobulin as the protein standard.
In order to calculate the number of TMT
molecules per MRP8 molecule, MRP8/TMT is reacted with ~3 WO94/16741 2 ~ S ~ 9 PCT~S94/00965 a solution of Europium chloride until saturation of the metal-binding capacity of the TMT, as determined by flourescence emission, occurs. Thus, an aliquot of the MRP8/TMT in 2.5 ml of 0.05 M Tris HCl buffer at pH
7.5 is pipetted into a 2 ml quartz cuvette. A 20 ~M
Europium chloride (Europium chloride hexahydrate:
Aldrich) solution in 0.05 M Tris HCl buffer at pH 7.5 is prepared. An aliquot (50 ~L) of this Europium chloride solution is added to the cuvette containing 0 MRP8/TMT and the resulting solution is slowly stirred on a magnetic stirrer at room temperature for 10 minutes using a small magnetic stir bar placed in the cuvette. The phosphorescence of the metal-MRP8/TMT
complex is determined in a Perkin Elmer LS 50 spectrofluorometer using an excitation wavelength of 340 nm (10 nm slit width). The phosphorescent emission is monitored at 618 nm using a 10 nm slit width, a 430 nm cutoff filter and 400 msec time delay.
The above procedure is repeated and phosphorescence readings are made after each addition. Aliquots of europium chloride are added until the increase in phosphorescence intensity is less than 5% of the preceding reading. A dilution correction is applied to the phosphorescence intensity measured at each mole ratio, to compensate for the change in volume of the test solution. As each chelating site on the MRP8/TMT
conjugate binds one Europium ion, and as an Europium ion has to be in a chelate site for phosphorescence to occur, this method allows the number of functional chelation sites to be quantitated. Using this method, the ratio of TMT molecules per molecule of MRP8 in bulk solution is in the range of 1:1 to 2:1.
Example 5 Conjugation of MRPs to Antibody ~'t WO94/16741 ~ ~ PCT~US94/00965 The following procedure is applicable to the conjugation of materials from Example 2a to the materials from Example 3a.
Similar methodologies for conjugation can be applied to the protein components of this invention irrespective of whether the maleimide group is on the antibody, on the MRP14 or on the MRP8 and irrespective of-the method chosen to introduce the sulfhydryl group into said proteins. The molar ratio of MRP to antibody during the conjugation is maintained at close to unity in order to avoid over-reaction of either protein with the other.
A sample (50 nmoles) of MRP14(N)-CO-CH2-SH of Example 3a is eluted off a PD-10 column directly into a solution of maleimide-derivatized ING-1 (5 nmoles) prepared according to Example 2a. After a brief mixing the solution is rapidly concentrated by centrifugation in a Centricon-10~ device to a concentration of approximately 3.0 mg/mL protein. The reaction then is allowed to proceed for 4 hours at room temperature. The antibody/MRP14 conjugate thus formed is transferred to a fresh Centricon-30~
ultrafiltration concentrator and diluted with PBS.
After concentrating the protein down to a volume of approximately 500 ~L by centrifugation, the retentate is again diluted with PBS to 3.0 mL and concentrated by centrifugation. This procedure, which separates unconjugated MRP14 and other low molecular weight materials into the filtrate and retains antibody/MRP14 conjugate and unconjugated antibody in the retentate, is repeated 4 times or until spectrophotometric monitoring of the filtrate at 280 nm shows that no further protein is being filtered. The material in the retentate is then concentrated to approximately 1.O mg of ING-1/MRP14 per milliliter solution and applied to a 2.6 x 60 cm Sephacryl 5-200 size-exclusion column equilibrated and eluted with a buffer WO94/16741 ~ 4`~ 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 containing 50mM sodium phosphate and 150mM sodium chloride at pH 7.2. This column separates unconjugated antibody from antibody/MRPl4 conjugate. Fractions of the eluate containing the conjugate as determined by size exclusion HPLC are pooled, and then centrifuged in a Centricon- 30~ device to a concentration of approximately l.0 mg ING-l/MRPl4 per milliliter solution. The solution of the conjugate is sterile filtered through a 0.22 ~ filter and stored at 4C
until use.
Addition of trace amounts of either l25I-labeled MRPl4 (Example 3e) or l25I-labeled ING-l (example 3e) or both l25I-labeled MRPl4 and l3lI-labeled ING-l (Example 3e) to the reaction mixtures, allows the ratio of one protein to the other after conjugation to be calculated.
Example 6 Preparation of Radionuclide labeled (9OY)MRP8/TMT
A volume of radioactive Yttrium chloride (90Y in 0.04M hydrochloric acid at a specific activity of >500 Ci/mg: Amersham-Mediphysics) is buffered by the addition of two volumes of 0.5 M sodium acetate at pH
6.0 and added to a solution of MRP8/TMT (prepared according to Example 4) in 0.5 M sodium acetate, pH
6.0, at room temperature. The labeling reaction is allowed to proceed for one hour. Then labeling efficiency is determined by removing l.0 ~L of the sample and spotting it at the origin of a Gelman ITLC-SG strip. The strip is developed in a glass beaker containing O.l M sodium citrate, pH 6.0r for a few minutes until the solvent front has reached three-quarters of the way to the top of the strip. The strip is then inserted into a System 200 Imaging Scanner (Bioscan) which has been optimized for 90Y and controlled by a Compaq 386/20e computer. In this WO94116741 1S~89& PCT~S94/00965 system, free (unchelated) 90Y migrates at the solvent front while 90Y-labeled MRP8/TMT remains at the origin. In excess of 97% of the added 90Y is taken up by the MRP8/TMT to form the desired 90Y-labeled product.
Example 7 Assays on the ING-l-Maleimide-S-MRP conjugates (7a) Protein Concentration The concentrations of ING-l, MRP-14, and MRP8 for use in the conjugate reactions are determined by the BCA protein assay (BioRad) using bovine immunoglobulin as the protein standard. By inclusion of trace amounts of l25I-labeled or l3lI-labeled MRPl4, MRP8, or ING-l (all prepared according to example 3e) in the reaction mixtures, and by knowing the specific activity of the preparations, the ratio of one protein to the other after conjugation is calculated.
As an alternative to radiolabeling, the MRPl4 or MRP8 can be conjugated to other materials (e.g., TMT
(Example 4: for use with 90Y or europium fluorescence), or to biotin (Pierce), or to fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC): Pierce) to detect and quantify the amount of MRPl4 or MRP8 present in a solution or conjugated to another protein.
(7b) Immunoreactivity assay by Flow Cytometry Antibody/MRPl4 conjugates (e.g.ING-l/MRPl4 prepared according to Example 5) are examined for their ability to bind to antigens on the surface of a human tumor cell line to which the antibody had been raised. The immunoreactivity of the conjugates is compared by flow cytometry with a standard preparation ~1 21~48~
W094/16741 PCT~S94/00965 of the antibody before being subjected to modification and conjugation to MRP14. Target HT29 cells (a human adenocarcinoma cell line obtained from the American Type Tissue Collection (ATCC)) are grown to confluence in tissue culture flasks using McCoy's media supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum. The cells are harvested by scraping the flask walls with a cell scraper. Cells from many separate flasks are pooled, centrifuged to a pellet, resuspended at 5xlO5/mL in a solution of ice-cold 50mM sodium phosphate with 150 mM
sodium chloride buffer pH 7.4 (PBS) supplemented with 0.1% bovine serum albumin (Sigma) and 0.02% sodium azide (Flow buffer). The cells are washed in this same buffer and then counted. An antibody standard curve is constructed by diluting a stock solution of ING-l with an irrelevant (non-binding), isotype-matched control antibody (human IgGl) to give a number of samples ranging in ING-l content from 10% to 100%.
The standard curve is made in flow buffer so that each sample contains 1.0 ~g protein per mL. Samples from the standard curve and ING-l/MRP14 unknowns are then incubated with 5x105 HT29 cells at 4C for 1 hour.
Unbound antibody is removed by first centrifuging the cells to a pellet (1000 x g for 5 minutes at 4C) and then resuspending the cells in 2.0 mL of flow buffer.
This procedure is repeated a further 3 times after which the cell pellet is resupended in 100 ~L of flow buffer and incubated at 4C for 1 hour with goat-anti-human antibody labelled with fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC). After further washing in flow buffer the cell pellet is resupended in 100 ~L of flow buffer to which a drop of propidium iodide (Coulter) has been added. The samples are then analyzed by flow cytometry on a Coulter EPICS 753 flow cytometer.
Fluorescein isothiocyanate and propidium iodide (PI) are excited using the 488 nm emission line of an argon laser. The output is set at 500 mw in light regulation mode. Single cells are identified by 90 degree and forward angle light scatter. Analysis WO94/16741 1 ~4 8.9 PCT~594/00965 windows are applied to these parameters to separate single cells from aggregates and cell debris.
Fluorescence from FITC and propidium are separated with a 550 nm long pass dichroic filter and collected through a 530 nm band pass filter (for FITC), and a 635 nm band pass filter (for PI). Light scatter parameters are collected as integrated pulses and fluorescence is collected as log integrated pulses.
Dead cells are excluded from the assay by placing an analysis window on cells negative for PI uptake. The mean fluorescence per sample (weighted average from 2500 cells) is calculated from a histogram displayed in the analysis window. FITC calibration beads are analyzed in each experiment to establish a fluorescence standard curve. The average fluorescence intensity for each sample is then expressed as the average FITC equivalents per cell. Immunoreactivity is calculated by comparing the average fluorescence intensity of the ING-l/MRPl4 sample with values from the standard curve.
(7c) Immunoreactivity assay by ELISA
The antigen to which the antibody, ING-l, binds is prepared from LS174T or HT29 cells (available from ATCC) by scraping confluent monolayers of cells from the walls of culture flasks with a cell scraper. The cells from many flasks are combined and a sample is taken and counted to estimate the total number of cells harvested. At all times the cells are kept on ice. Following centrifugation of the cells at 1500 rpm for lO minutes at 4C , the cells are washed once in 25 mL ice-cold 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 supplemented with 150 mM sodium chloride (PBS), pelleted under the same conditions and transferred in lO mL PBS to an ice-cold glass mortar. The cells are homogenized at 4C using a motor-driven pestle and then centrifuged at 3000 x g for 5 minutes. The antigen-rich supernatant is removed from the other Cq WO94/16741 2 1 S 4 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
cell debris and subjected to further centrifugation at 100,000 x g for one hour at 4C. The pellet (antigen fraction) from this final step is suspended in 100 ~L
of PBS for every million cells harvested. Following an estimate of the protein concentration (BCA protein assay (BioRad) using bovine immunoglobulin as the protein standard) the antigen is stored at -20C until use.
0 Each well of a 96-well Costar microtiter plates is coated with antigen by adding 100 ~L/well of cell lysate (10 ~g/ml) prepared as above. The microtiter plates are allowed to dry overnight in a 37C
incubator. After washing the plate five times with 0.05% Tween-20 (Sigma) they are blotted dry. The wells of each plate are blocked by adding 125 ~L/well of a 1% BSA (bovine serum albumin, Sigma A-7906) solution in PBS and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature.
The plates are washed five times with 0.05% Tween-20.
Samples (50 ~L/well in duplicate) of ING/MRP14 conjugates and standard ING-l antibody solutions are prepared at a range of concentrations in 1% BSA in PBS
and added to the wells of the plate. Biotinylated ING-1 (1.0 ~g/mL in 0.1% BSA) is added to each well (50~L/well) and the plates are then incubated for 2 hours at room temperature. Following five washes with 0.05% Tween-20, the plates are blotted dry and incubated at room temperature for one hour with dilute (1:2000 in 0.1% BSA) streptavidin-alkaline phosphatase (Tago; #6567). After a further five washes, color is developed in each well upon the addition of 100 ~L per well of phosphatase substrate reagent (two Sigma 104 phosphatase tablets dissolved in 10 mL distilled water and 20 ~L Sigma 221 alkaline buffer). After one hour at room temperature, the color is read using a 405 nm filter in a Titertek Multiscan microplate reader.
(7d) SDS PAGE gel electrophoresis 1 ~
WO94/16741 21S~ ` PCT~S94100965 Samples of these conjugates are subjected to electrophoresis on Novex 4%-20% reduced and native polyacrylamide gels using SDS buffers to estimate their apparent molecular weight and the degree of heterogeneity of the preparation. Using standards of known molecular weight run on the same gel, a standard curve is constructed of the distance travelled (Rf) versus the log of the molecular weight. From this standard curve the relative molecular weights of the 0 bands associated with each conjugate preparation are determined.
(7e) Determination of aggregate formation by size-excluslon HPLC.
A 30 cm x 7.5 mm TSK-G3000SW size-exclusion HPLC
column (Supelco) fitted with a guard column of the same material is equilibrated with 12 column volumes of 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6.0 supplemented with 150 mM sodium chloride using a Waters 600E HPLC
system with a flow rate of 1.0 mL per minute at 400-600 PSl. A sample (25~L) of BioRad gel filtration protein standards is injected on to the column. The retention time of each standard is monitored by a Waters 490 UV detector set at 280 nm. Following the recovery of the final standard from the column, it is washed with a further 10 volumes of 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6.0 supplemented with 150 mM
sodium chloride. Samples (50~L) of either native ING-1 antibody, ING-1/TMT, ING-1/MRP14 at 200 ~g/mL are individually injected on to the column and their respective retention times are recorded. From the areas of the retained peaks and the retention time, the amounts of aggregated material in the ING-1/TMT
and ING-1/MRP14 sampled are calculated.
(7f) Determination of binding of MRP8/TMT to ING-~1 WO94/16741 2 1 ~ 4 ~g 9 ~ - PCT~S94/00965 ~
Four of the above methodologies (7b,7c,7d,7e) are used, with slight modifications to demonstrate that the two stages of the delivery system recognize and stably bind each other.
In 7b, samples of ING-l/MRPl4 are incubated with 5x105 HT29 cells at 4C for l hour. After extensive washing to remove unbound antibody, the cells are incubated at 4C for l hour with a mouse anti-TMT
0 antibody labeled with FITC (prepared according to standard procedures (Pierce Chemical Co. catalog)).
After further washing in flow buffer the samples are analyzed by flow cytometry as before. The average fluorescence intensity for each sample is expressed as the average FITC equivalents per cell to demonstrate that MRP8/TMT is associated with the cells.
In 7c, samples (50 ~L/well in duplicate) of ING/MRPl4 conjugates are prepared at a range of concentrations in 1% BSA in PBS and added to the wells of a microtitre plate, prepared as in Example 7c and containing the HT-29 cell antigen in its wells. The plates are then incubated for l hour at room temperature. Following three washes with 0.05% Tween-20, the plates are blotted dry and incubated a further one hour with MRP8/TMT at room temperature. After extensive washing to remove unbound MRP8/TMT, the cells are incubated for l hour with a biotinylated mouse anti-TMT antibody (prepared according to standard procedures (Pierce Chemical Co. catalog)).
Following further washing with in O.l~ BSA a further one hour incubation is carried out with dilute (1:2000 in 0.1% BSA) streptavidin-alkaline phosphatase (Tago;
#6567). After five washes, color is developed in each well upon the addition of lO0 ~L per well of phosphatase substrate reagent ltwo Sigma 104 phosphatase tablets dissolved in lO mL distilled water and 20 @L Sigma 221 alkaline buffer). After one hour at room temperature, the color is read using a 405 nm 7~
WO94/16741 -~ 1 5~ 8~ ~ PCT~S94/0096S
filter in a Titertek Multiscan microplate reader. The results demonstrate that MRP8/TMT is associated with the antigen in the wells of the plate. Control samples demonstrate that the association is dependent on the presence of ING-1/MRP14.
Sodium dodecylsulfate polyacrylamide gels, such as those from Example 7d, are also used to demonstrate the association of antibody/MRP14 with MRP8 and the 0 association of antibody/MRP8 with MRP14. The 125I-labeled MRP8, without conjugated TMT, is incubated with the antibody/MRP14 in PBS or in human serum at room temperature, 37C, and 4C. At time intervals after the start of incubation, samples are withdrawn from the mixtures and subjected to sodium dodecylsulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS
PAGE). The gel is ex~m;ned by autoradiography for the presence of radiolabel associated with the higher molecular weight antibody/MRP14 complex.
Alternatively, MRP8/TMT is labeled with 90Y (Example 6) and inoubated with antibody/MRP14 in PBS or in human serum at different temperatures as above.
Again, after autoradiography, binding of 90Y-labeled MRP8/TMT to the higher molecular weight antibody/MRP14 complex shows the ability of the two stages of the delivery system to self assemble even in the presence of human serum at 37C.
SDS PAGE is also used to assay the degree to which the process of conjugation and number of TMTs conjugated influence the ability of the subunits to recognize and associate with each other.
Size-exclusion column chromatography is used to quantitate the association between MRP8 and IN&-1/MRP14. Samples (50~L at 200 ~g/mL) of either ING-1 antibody alonel ING-1/MRP14, MRP8 or mixtures of ING-1/MRP14 with MRP8 are injected individually on to a 30 ~3 WO94/16741 ~ 18 3 ~ PCT~S94/00965 cm x 7.5 mm TSK-G3000SW size-exclusion HPLC column (Supelco) as described in Example 7e. The retention times of each sample is recorded. From the areas of the retained peaks and the retention time, the amount S of association between MRP8 and ING-l/MRPl4 is calculated.
It is an object of the present invention to overcome some of the aforementioned disadvantages of the currently available radiolabeled immunoreactive proteins.
Summary of the Invention The present invention is directed to systems which are useful in the therapeutic treatment and diagnostic imaging of tissue, particularly of cancerous tissue. For a disease such as cancer, such systems comprise a tumor targeted sequential delivery system comprised of a primary non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent and a secondary radioactive delivery agent.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent (sometimes hereinafter referred to as NRTIR) comprised of the residue of a receptor moiety, a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material, which NRTIR is administered to a tissue of interest and will bind to sites on the surfaces of cells thereof.
In this embodiment, the present invention is also directed to a radioactive delivery agent (sometimes hereinafter referred to as RDA) comprised of the residue of a ligand which has an affinity for WO94/16741 215 ~ PCT~S94/00965 non-covalent binding to a receptor moiety, a linking group, and the residue of a radioactive agent. This RDA is administered to the environs of the tissue which contains said NRTIR bound thereto. In particular, the ligand residue of this RDA will non-covalently bind to the receptor of said NRTIR which is bound to the cells of said tissue of interest. Thus, an effective amount of radioactivity is provided to said tissue. RDA which is unbound to NRTIR can be 0 removed rapidly from the environs of the tissue.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a NRTIR comprised of the residue of a proteinaceous subunit portion of a heterodimeric molecule (sometimes hereinafter referred to as an H1), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material, which NRTIR is administered to a tissue of interest and will bind to sites on the surfaces of cells thereof. This embodiment is also directed to a RDA comprised of a second subunit portion of a heterodimeric molecule (sometimes hereinafter referred to as an H2) which associates with said subunit portion H1 of the heterodimeric molecule receptor moiety, a linking group, and a radioactive agent. This RDA is administered to the environs of the tissue which contains said NRTIR bound thereto. The heterodimeric subunit portion H2 of said RDA will bind to the heterodimeric subunit portion H1 of said NRTIR
to provide an effective amount of radioactivity to said tissue. Unbound RDA is removed rapidly from the environs of said tissue.
In particular, in one aspect (sometimes hereinafter referred to as System A), the present invention comprises an NRTIR comprised of the residue of a receptor moiety which receptor moiety is comprised of the residue of the proteinaceous subunit (H1) of the myeloid differentiation protein (sometimes hereinafter referred to as MRP14), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material. System A also WO94/16741 ~2~5 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
comprises a RDA of another proteinaceous subunit (H2) of the myeloid differentiation protein (sometimes hereinafter referred to as MRP8), a linking group, and a radioactive agent.
Preferably, in System A, the present invention is directed to an NRTIR comprised of the residue of the proteinaceous subunit (H1) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP14), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material such as a tumor targeting antibody together with an RDA
comprised of another proteinaceous subunit (H2) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP8), a linking group, and a radioactive agent comprised of a chelating agent and a radionuclide.
The NRTIR of system A is comprised of (n) MRP14 moieties, each of which can associate with RDA
comprised of the residue of a MRP8 with an affinity for association with a MRP14 and of (m) radioactive agents where each of n and m are independently integers greater than zero. The total number of radioactive agents capable of being bound per antigen is then the product of (n) multiplied by (m). This is in contrast to the binding to cell surface antigen of previously available radioimmunoconjugates comprised of an immunoreactive protein conjugated to (c) radioactive agents wherein the value of (c) is an integer greater than zero and is limited to the number of conjugations that can be performed on said immunoreactive protein while retaining the immunoreactivity for said antigen. This limit to the degree of modification of the immunoreactive protein also applies to the NRTIR of System A, and the value of (n) will be approximately the same as the value of (c). Thus, in this aspect, the association of the RDA
to the antigen-bound NRTIR of the present invention will amplify the maximum number of radioactive agents bound per antigen by a factor of approximately (m) over the m~x1mllm value (c) available in previously available radioimmunoconjugates.
W094/16741 21 S ~ 8 9 6 PCTtUS94tO096S
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to an NRTIR comprised of the residue of a ligand which exhibits an affinity for binding to a receptor moiety, a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material, which NRTIR is administered to a tissue of interest and will bind to sites on the surfaces of cells thereof.
In this embodiment, the present invention is also directed to an RDA comprised of the residue of a 0 receptor moiety for which a ligand has an affinity for binding, a linking group, and the residue of a radioactive agent, which RDA is administered to the environs of the tissue which contains the NRTIR of this embodiment bound thereto. In particular, the ligand of the RDA of this embodiment will bind to the receptor of the NRTIR which is bound to the surface of the cells of said tissue of interest. Thus, an effective amount of radioactivity is provided to said tissue. RDA which is unbound to NRTIR can be removed rapidly from the environs of the tissue.
In particular, this aspect, (sometimes hereinafter referred to as System B), of the present invention comprises a NRTIR comprised of the residue of a proteinaceous subunit (H2) of the myeloid 2~ differentiation protein (MRP8), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material and an RDA
comprised of the residue of the proteinaceous subunit (H1) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP14), a linking group, and a radioactive agent.
Preferably, in System B, the present invention is directed to a NRTIR comprised of the residue of a proteinaceous subunit (H2) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP8), a linking group, and the residue of an immunoreactive material such as a tumor targeting antibody together with an RDA
comprised of the residue of the proteinaceous subunit (H1) of the myeloid differentiation protein (MRP14), a linking group, and a radioactive agent comprised of a chelating agent and a radionuclide.
WO94/16741 215 4~8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 ~
The NRTIR of System B is comprised of (n) residues of MRP8 that have an affinity for binding to a MRP14, each of which can bind an RDA comprised of a MRP14 and of (m) radioactive agents where each of n and m is independently an integer greater than zero.
The total number of radioactive agents capable of being bound per antlgen is then the product of (n) multiplied by (m). This is in contrast to the binding to cell surface antigen of previously available radioimmunoconjugates comprised of an immunoreactive protein conjugated to (c) radioactive agents. In these conjugates the value of (c) is limited to the number of radioactive agents that can be linked or conjugated to the immunoreactive protein while retaining the immunoreactivity for said antigen. This limit to the degree of modification of the immunoreactive protein also applies to the NRTIR of System B, and the value of (n) will be approximately the same as the value of (c). Thus, in this aspect, the association of the RDA
to the antigen-bound NRTIR of the present invention will amplify the maximum number of radioactive agents bound per antigen by a factor of approximately (m) over the maximum value (c) available in previously available radioimmunoconjugates.
The present invention is also directed to pharmaceutical and diagnostic compositions comprising an NRTIR and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (excipient), and to pharmaceutical and diagnostic compositions comprising an RDA and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention is further directed to therapeutic methods comprising the administration, in vitro or f n vivo, of a therapeutically effective amount of NRTIR to the environs of a tissue of interest of a patient undergoing such therapy, followed, after the lapse of an effective period of time, by the subsequent administration of a therapeutically effective amount of RDA to said tissue. During the time between administrations of ~ WO94/16741 ?l $~96 PCT~S94/0096~
NRTIR and RDA said NRTIR binds to sites on cells of the target tissue and unbound NRTIR is removed from the environs of said tissue.
The present invention is further directed to diagnostic imaging methods comprising the sequential administration, in vitro or in vivo, of a diagnostic imaging effective amount of an NRTIR to the environs of a tissue of interest of a patient undergoing such diagnostic imaging, followed, after a lapse of an effective period of time, by the subsequent administration of a diagnostic imaging effective amount of RDA to said tissue. During said effective period of time, said NRTIR will bind to sites on cells of said tissue of interest and unbound NRTIR will be removed from the environs of the tissue.
Subsequently, after an effective time, an image of all or part of said tissue of interest is obtained.
The present invention provides advantages compared to currently available targeting immune reagents. For example:
the total amount of a therapeutically effective amount and of a diagnostic imaging effective amount of radioactive agent delivered to a tissue site can be achieved with specificity and in amplification over that which can be otherwise achieved with currently available targeting immune reagents;
sequential delivery to target tissue of the NRTIR and the RDA of this invention can reduce the exposure of non-targeted tissues to damage from 3 0 radiation thus reducing the toxicity;
the binding of the ligand to the receptor occurs with high affinity and is selective;
the NRTIR and the RDA can be used in both therapeutic and diagnostic imaging applications;
the above-described NRTIR can accumulate at a tumor tissue site in vivo while it is not substantially accumulated at normal tissue sites;
RDA that does not bind to cell associated NRTIR
is rapidly cleared from the patient;
2 1 5 4 8r9 6 WO94/16741 ~ PCT~S94/00965 with respect to the same degree of modification of a targeting immunoreagent directly conjugated by a radionuclide or by a chelate containing a radionuclide in currently available radioimmunoconjugates, an amplification of the number of radionuclides per site of modification per targeting immune reagent can be obtained using the materials and methods of this invention;
the NRTIR can comprise a wide variety of 0 immunoreactive groups, linking groups, and Hl residues in System A, and a wide variety of immunoreactive groups, linking groups, and H2 residues which associate with Hl residues in System B;
the RDA can comprise a wide variety of spacing, linking and chelating groups, radionuclides, and H2 residues which have an affinity to associate with Hl residues in System A, and a wide variety of spacing, linking and chelating groups, radionuclides, and Hl residues which have an affinity to associate with H2 residues in System B; and a wide variety of compositions of matter with a wide variety of sizes and molecular weights and having a specificity for accumulation in tumors can be prepared in accordance with this invention.
~ WO94/16741 21~ ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 Other advantageous features of this invention will become readily apparent upon reference to the following description of the preferred embodiments.
Description of Preferred Embodiments In preferred embodiments, the above-described non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent (NRTIR) and radioactive delivery agent (RDA) are comprised of moieties represented in System A (4 systems) and System B (4 systems) below:
SYSTEM A
Non-Radioactlve Radioactive Delivery Targeting Agent ImmunoReagent NRTIR RDA
l Immunoreactive group Ligand + (linking group + (chelating agent + receptr)n + radionuClide)m 2 Z-(Ll~ReC)n D-(L2-Q~M)m 3 Z~(Ll~Hl)n H2-(L2-Q-M)m 4 Z-(Ll-MRPl4)n MRP8-(L2-Q~M)m SYSTEM B
Non-Radioactive Radioactive Delivery Targeting Agent ImmunoReagent NRTIR RDA
l Immunoreactive group Receptor + (linking group + (linking group + ligand) n + chelating agent + radionuclide) m 2 Z-(Ll-D) n Re^-(L2-Q-M) m 3 Z-(Ll-H2) n Hl- ( L2 - Q-M) m 4 Z-(Ll-MRP8)n MRpl4-(L2-Q-M)m WO94116741 ~ 1 S ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 wherein:
Z is the residue of an immunoreactive group;
Rec is the residue of a receptor, preferably a MRP14;
D is the residue of a ligand, preferably a MRP8, that has an affinity for binding to a receptor, preferably to a MRP14;
H1 is the residue of one of two subunits of a heterodimer which comprises H1 and H2, preferably H1 0 is MRP14;
H2 is the residue of one of two subunits of a heterodimer which comprises H1 and H2, preferably H2 iS MRP8 a subunit that has an affinity association with H1, L1 and L2 are each independently the residue of a linking group that may independently contain a spacing group;
Q is the residue of a chelating group;
M is a radionuclide; and n and m are each independently an integer greater than zero.
Preferred embodiments of these materials are further described below.
Heterodimers are proteins composed of two nonidentical subunits, H1 and H2; each subunit may serve as either a receptor subunit or a ligand subunit. Any heterodimeric subunit receptor ligand pair is useful in this invention. Of preferred use are those subunit receptor ligand pairs which:
i) non-covalently associate (i.e. H1/H2 or H2/H1) without inter-subunit covalent bond formation (for example, without disulfide bond formation) between the receptor and subunit;
ii) have high inter subunit pair association constants, such that, once the subunits have bound to each other to form a heterodime , the two non-covalently bonded subunits remain stably associated for prolonged periods even in the presence of other l O
21~89G
_ WO94/16741 PCT~S94100965 proteins such as immunoglobulins, albumin, and other plasma proteins;
iii) do not substantially self-associate to form homodimers (i.e. Hl/Hl or H2/H2) from identical subunits;
iv) are soluble in blood;
v) are free of cont~min~ting materials such as, for example, the phospholipids, lipids, sterols, and carbohydrates of membranes;
vi) are available in recombinant form;
vii) have no affinity for binding to sites currently found within a mammalian blood circulatory system;
viii) have no enzymatic activity when re-associated;
ix) are not products of oncogenes; and x) have no cell regulatory function.
As non-limiting examples, the following materials are useful sources of heterodimers:
MRPl4 and MRP8 (also known as pl4 and p8, also known as the cystic fibrosis antigen, also known as Ll heavy chain and Ll light chain);
alpha and beta chains of the T cell receptor;
delta and gamma chains of the T cell receptor;
proteins of the cytokine IL-2;
natural killer cell stimulatory factor;
cytochrome b558;
signal recognition particle;
ligandin;
chaperone proteins;
punta toro virus glycoproteins;
hepatopoietins A and B;
human platelet-derived growth factor;
lipocortin II;
the heterodimeric proteins of the following enzymes:
glutathione S-transferases;
reverse transcriptase;
luciferase;
creatine kinase;
phosphoglycerate mutase;
alcohol dehydrogenase; and WO94116741 ` ~ PCT~S94/00965 gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
The term "residue" is used herein in context with a chemical entity. Said chemical entity comprises, for example, a ligand, or a H2, or the proteinaceous subunit of the myeloid differentiation protein MRP8, or a receptor moiety, or an Hl, or the proteinaceous subunit of the myeloid differentiation protein MRPl4, or a chelating group, or a radioactive agent, or a linking group, or a protein reactive 0 group, or an immunoreactive group, or an immunoreactive material, or an immunoreactive protein, or an antibody, or an antibody fragment, or a cross-linking agent such as a heterobifunctional cross-linking agent, or a spacing group. The term "residue"
is defined as that portion of said chemical entity which exclusively remains when one or more chemical bonds of which said chemical entity is otherwise comprised when considered as an independent chemical entity, are altered, modified, or replaced to comprise one or more covalent bonds to one or more other chemical entities. Thus, for example, in one aspect in System A and in System B, the residue of a chelating group is comprised of a chelating group which is at least monovalently modified through attachment to the residue of another chemical entity such as, for example, to the residue of a linking group.
In both System A and System B the immunoreactive group, Z, can be selected from a wide variety of naturally occurring or synthetically prepared materials, including, but. not limited to enzymes, amino acids, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, lipoproteins, glycoproteins, lipids, phospholipids, hormones, growth factors, steroids, vitamins, polysaccharides, viruses, protozoa, fungi, parasites, rickettsia, molds, and components thereof, blood components, tissue and organ components, pharmaceuticals, haptens, lectins, toxins, nucleic acids (including oligonucleotides), antibodies 1~
WO94/16741 I S~ 83 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~monoclonal and polyclonal), anti-antibodies, antibody fragments, antigenic materials (including proteins and carbohydrates), avidin and derivatives thereof, biotin and derivatives thereof, and others known to one skilled in the art. In addition, an immunoreactive group can be any substance which when presented to an immunocompetent host will result in the production of a specific antibody capable of binding with that substance, or the antibody so produced, which participates in an antigen-antibody reaction.
Preferred immunoreactive groups are antibodies and various immunoreactive fragments thereof, as long as they contain at least one reactive site for reaction with the reactive groups on the residue of the receptor moiety in System A or ligand species in System B or with linking groups (L) as described herein. That site can be inherent to the immunoreactive species or it can be introduced through appropriate chemical modification of the immunoreactive species. In addition to antibodies produced by the techniques outlined above, other antibodies and proteins produced by the techniques of molecular biology are specifically included.
Preferably, the immunoreactive group does not bind to H1 so as to inhibit th; binding of H1 to H2 in System A, and the immunoreactive group does not bind to H2 so as to inhibit the binding of H2 to H1 in System B.
As used herein, the term "antibody fragment~' 3 0 refers to an immunoreactive material which comprises a residue of an antibody, which antibody characteristically exhibits an affinity for binding to an antig-.n. The term "affinity for binding" to an antigen, as used herein, refers to the thermodynamic expression of the strength of interaction or binding between an antibody combining site and an antigenic determinant and, thus, of the stereochemical compatib lity between them; as such, it is the expression of the equilibrium or association constant WO94/16741 21 S 4 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
for the antibody-antigen interaction. The term "affinity~', as used herein, also refers to the thermodynamic expression of the strength of interaction or binding between a ligand and a receptor and, thus, of the stereochemical compatibility between them; as such, it is the expression of the equilibrium or association constant for the ligand/receptor interaction.
Antibody fragments exhibit at least a percentage of said affinity for binding to said antigen, said percentage being in the range of 0.001 per cent to 1,000 per cent, preferably 0.01 per cent to 1,000 per cent, more preferably 0.1 per cent to 1,000 per cent, and most preferably 1.0 per cent to 1,000 per cent, of the relative affinity of said antibody for binding to said antigen.
An antibody fragment can be produced from an antibody by a chemical reaction comprising one or more chemical bond cleaving reactions; by a chemical reaction comprising one or more chemical bond forming reactions employing as reactants one or more chemical components selected from a group comprised of amino acids, peptides, carbohydrates, linking groups as defined herein, spacing groups as defined herein, protein reactive groups as defined herein, and antibody fragments such as are produced as described herein and by a molecular biological process, a bacterial process, or by a process comprised of and resulting from the genetic engineering of antibody genes.
An antibody fragment can be derived from an antibody by a chemical reaction comprised of one or more of the following reactions:
(a) cleavage of one or more chemical bonds of which an antibody is comprised, said bonds being selected from, for example, carbon-nitrogen bonds, sulfur-sulfur bonds, carbon-carbon bonds, carbon-sulfur bonds, and carbon-oxygen bonds, and wherein the method of said cleavage is selected from:
1~
~ WO94/16741 21 S ~ ~ 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 (i) a catalysed chemical reaction comprising the action of a biochemical catalyst such as an enzyme such as papain or pepsin which to those skilled in the art are known to produce antibody fragments commonly - 5 referred to as Fab and Fab'2, respectively;
(ii) a catalysed chemical reaction comprising the action of an electrophilic chemical catalyst such as a hydronium ion which, for example, favorably occurs at a pH equal to or greater than 7;
(iii) a catalysed chemical reaction comprising the action of a nucleophilic catalyst such as a hydroxide ion which, for example, favorably occurs at a pH equal to or greater than 7;
(iv) a chemical reaction comprising a substitution reaction employing a reagent which is consumed in a stoichiometric manner such as a substitution reaction at a sulfur atom of a disulfide bond by a reagent comprised of a sulfhydryl group;
(v) a chemical reaction comprising a reduction reaction such as the reduction of a disulfide bond;
and (vi) a chemical reaction comprising an oxidation reaction such as the oxidation of a carbon-oxygen bond of a hydroxyl group or the oxidation of a carbon-carbon bond of a vicinal diol group such as occurs in a carbohydrate moiety; or (b) formation of one or more chemical bonds between one or more reactants, such as formation of one or more covalent bonds selected from, for example, carbon-nitrogen bonds (such as, for example, amide bonds, amine bonds, hydrazone bonds, and thiourea bonds), sulfur-sulfur bonds such as disulfide bonds, carbon-carbon bonds, carbon-sulfur bonds, and carbon-oxygen bonds, and employing as reactants in said chemical bond formation one or more reagents comprised of amino acids, peptides, carbonydrates, linking groups as defined herein, spacing groups as defined herein, protein reactive groups as defined herein, is WO94/16741 2 l S 4 g 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
and antibody fragments such as are produced as described in (a), above; or (c) an antibody fragment can be derived by formation of one or more non-covalent bonds between one or more reactants. Such non-covalent bonds are comprised of hydrophobic interactions such as occur in an aqueous medium between chemical species that are independently comprised of mutually accessible regions of-low polarity such as regions comprised of aliphatic and carbocyclic groups, and of hydrogen bond interactions such as occur in the binding of an oligonucletide with a complementary oligonucletide; or (d) an antibody fragment can be produced as a result of the methods of molecular biology or by genetic engineering of antibody genes, for example, in the genetic engineering of a single chain immunoreactive group or a Fv fragment.
An antibody fragment can be produced as a result a combination of one or more of the above methods.
In certain embodiments, the immunoreactive group can be an enzyme which has a reactive group for attachment to the receptor moiety in System A or ligand species in System B or to a linking group as described below. Representative enzymes include, but are not limited to, aspartate, aminotransaminase, alanine aminotransaminase, lactate dehydrogenase, creatine phosphokinase, gamma glutamyl transferase, alkaline acid phosphatase, prostatic acid phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase and various esterases.
If desired, the immunoreactive group can be modified or chemically altered to provide reactive groups for attaching to the residues of the receptor moiety in System A or ligand species in System B or to a linking group as described below by techniques known to those skilled in the art. Such techniques include the use of linking moieties and chemical modification such as described in WO-A-89/02931 and WO-A-89/2932, which are directed to modification of oligonucleotides, and U.S. Patent No. 4,719,182.
IC
WO94/16741 l S~9C PCT~S94/00965 Two highly preferred uses for the compositions of this invention are for the diagnostic imaging of tumors and the radiological treatment of tumors.
Preferred immunological groups therefore include antibodies (sometimes hereinafter referred to as Ab) to tumor-associated antigens. Specific non-limiting examples include B72.3 and related antibodies (described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,522,918 and 4,612,282) which recognize colorectal tumors; 9.2.27 and related anti-melanoma antibodies; D612 and related antibodies which recognize colorectal tumors; UJ13A
and related antibodies which recognize small cell lung carcinomas; NRLU-10, NRCO-02 and related antibodies which recognize small cell lung carcinomas and colorectal tumors (Pan-carcinoma); 7EllC5 and related antibodies which recognize prostate tumors; CC49 and related antibodies which recognize colorectal tumors;
TNT and related antibodies which recognize necrotic tissue; PRlA3 and related antibodies which recognize colon carcinoma; ING-1 and related antibodies, which are described in International Patent Publication WO-A-90/02569; B174, C174 and related antibodies which recognize squamous cell carcinomas; B43 and related antibodies which are reactive with certain lymphomas and leukemias; and anti-HLB and related monoclonal antibodies. An especially preferred antibody is ING-1.
WO94/16741 ~ 5 - '' ;"' PCT~S94/00965 ~
2~489~
SCHEME lA
SMCC V
\~NH2 ~NH)~--N~ Ab-M
2 o Ab;amine HS~ MRP14-protei ~,/
~NH~--N~S~ MRP14-protei o ¦ Ab-M-S- MRP14-protein SMCC V
\~NH2 ~ ~NH)~ ~ N~ ¦Ab-M
Ab-amine HS~r MRp8-protein \/
~NH~--N~S~ MRP8-protein o ¦ Ab-M-S- MRP8-protein As used herein, the term "receptor" refers to a chemical group in a molecule which comprises an active site in said molecule, or to an array of chemical groups in a molecule which comprise one or more active sites in said molecule, or to a molecule comprised of one or more chemical groups or one or more arrays of chemical groups, which group or groups or array of groups comprise one or more active sites in said 1~
WO94/16741 2 I ss ~ 3 ~ PCT~S94/00965 molecule. An "active site" of a receptor has a specific capacity to bind to or has an affinity for binding to a ligand. With respect to use with the term "receptor" or with the term "active site in a receptor", the term "ligand" as used herein refers to a molecule comprised of a specific chemical group or a specific array of chemical groups which molecule, group, or array of groups is complementary to or has a specific affinity for binding to a receptor, 0 especially to an active site in a receptor. Examples of receptors include one of two subunits of a heterodimeric protein, such as Hl; which has an affinity for binding to the other subunit of said heterodimeric protein as in System A, one of two subunits of a heterodimeric protein, such as H2 which has an affinity for binding to the other subunit of said heterodimeric protein as in System B; cell surface receptors which bind hormones; and cell surface receptors which bind drugs. The sites of specific association of one subunit, Hl, of a heterodimeric protein with the other subunit H2; of specific association of one subunit, H2, of a heterodimeric protein with said Hl; of specific binding of hormones to said cell surface receptors;
and of specific binding of drugs to all surface receptors are examples of active sites of said receptors, and the heterodimers subunit Hl and subunit H2, hormones, and drugs are examples of ligands for the respective receptors.
Preferred receptors (Rec) in System A, Hl, and in System B, H2, are comprised of the residue of an active site of a subunit of a heterodimeric protein, Hl and H2. Preferred ligands in System A, H2, and System B, Hl, are comprised of the residue of the other subunit of the heterodimeric protein, H2 and Hl.
In system A, an especially preferred receptor is comprised of the residue of the subunit MRPl4 of a calcium-binding protein belonging to the S-lO0 protein Iq WO94/16741 ~ 21 ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 family, of molecular weight of approximately 14,000 daltons. Said MRP14 subunit, in whole or in part, can be isolated from any source and used in this invention without further modification, as long as it maintains MRP8 binding activity. In system B, an especially preferred receptor is comprised of the residue of the subunit MRP8 of a calcium-binding protein belonging to the S-100 protein family, of molecular weight of approximately 8,000 daltons. Said MRP8 subunit, in whole or in part, can be isolated from any source and used in this invention without further modification, as long as it maintains MRP14 binding activity. See Edgeworth, J. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266:7706-7713 (1991); Teigelkamp, S. et al., J. Biol. Chem.
266:13462-13467 (1991); Dianoux, A-C. et al., Biochemistry 31:5898-5905 (1992); Odink, K. et al., Nature 330:80-82 (1987); Lagasse, F. et al., Mol.
Cell. Biol. 8:2402-2410 (1988). The subunits, MRP14 and MRP8, are isolated from the cytosol of human neutrophils, or the subunits are produced in a suitable organism (e.g., bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells) as a recombinant human protein. Said subunits are chemically modified before or after isolation for use in this invention, or they can be modified by well known techniques of molecular biology and isolated for use in this invention, or said molecular biology modified subunits can be chemically modified before or after isolation for use in this invention as long as the active site of each subunit is maintained in such use.
In one aspect in System A and in System B, the MRP14 is comprised of a human protein.
Preferably, said MRP14 is comprised of a recombinant human protein. More preferably, said MRP14 is comprised of a recombinant human protein which is modified by genetic engineerins techniques, which modifications comprise the independent incorporation, substitution, insertion, and deletion of specific amino acids in a peptide sequence of said protein.
~ WO94/16741 21 ~ ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 Yet more preferably, the MRP14 subunit comprised of a thus modified recombinant human protein is comprised of an active site which has an affinity for binding to a MRP8 subunit. A thus modified recombinant MRP14 subunit has an affinity for a MRP8 subunit which is greater than the affinity of the natural, unmodified, MRP14 subunit for a MRP8 subunit.
In another aspect, the Z-L-X of System A is comprised of a fusion protein. As used herein, the 0 term "fusion protein" refers to a genetically engineered material comprised of a protein whose coding region is comprised of the coding region of a residue of a first protein fused, in frame, to the coding region of a residue of a second protein.
Preferably, said fusion protein is comprised of a protein whose coding region is comprised of the coding region of a residue of an immunoreactive reagent fused, in frame, to the coding region of one or more residues of MRP14. Thus, preferably, said fusion protein is comprised of a residue of an immunoreactive reagent fused to one or more residues of MRP14. In a preferred embodiment, said fusion protein is comprised of residues of MRP14 fused to an immunoglobulin heavy chain in the CH1 region, such that when combined with an appropriate light chain the said fusion protein comprises an Fab fragment linked to one or more MRP14.
In another preferred embodiment, said fusion protein can be comprised of one or more MRP14 fused to an immunoglobulin heavy chain in the CH2 or in the CH3 3 0 region; said fusion protein, when comprised of an immunoglobulin light chain, can be comprised of a Fab'2 fragment linked to one or m~re MRP14. In yet another preferred embodiment, said fusion protein can be comprised of one or more MRP14 fused to the C-terminal end of an immunoglobulin single-chain construct and thus be comprised of an Fv fragment linked to one or more MRP14.
The above genetically engineered fusion protein comprising Z-(L1-Rec) n of System A can be comprised a ~ I
WO94/16741 2 ~ 5 4 ~ ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
protein whose coding region is independently comprised of the coding region of a residue of a human or of a non-human first protein fused, in frame, to the coding region of a residue of a human or non-human second protein. Preferably, said coding regions are independently human and bacterial or modified by genetic engineering techniques as above. More preferably, the fusion protein is comprised of a protein whose coding region is comprised of the coding 0 region of a residue of a human immunoreactive reagent fused, in frame, to the coding region of one or more residues of a human MRPl4 or a genetically engineered modified human MRPl4. Yet more preferably, the fusion protein is comprised of a thus modified recombinant MRPl4 comprised of an active site which has an affinity for binding to a MRP8 subunit. A thus modified recombinant MRPl4 subunit of a fusion protein has an affinity for a MRP8 subunit which is greater than the affinity of the natural, unmodified, MRPl4 subunit for a MRP8 subunit.
An example of a ligand that has an affinity for binding to the active site in said MRPl4 is the subunit MRP8 of a calcium-binding protein belonging to the S-lO0 protein family, of molecular weight of approximately 8,000 daltons Said MRP8 subunit, in whole or in part, can be isolated from any source, as long as it maintains MRPl4 binding activity (See references above)._ MRP8 is isolated from the cytosol of human neutrophils, or the MRP8 is produced in a suitable organism (e.g., bacteria, yeast, insect or mammalian cells) as a recombinant human protein.
In one aspect in System A and in System B, the MRP8 subunit is comprised of a human protein.
Preferably, said MRP8 subunit is comprised of a recombinant human protein. More preferably, said MRP8 subunit is comprised of a recombinant human protein which is modified by genetic engineering techniques, which modifications comprise the independent incorporation, substitution, insertion, and deletion WO94/16741 21 ~ 4 ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 of specific amino acids in a peptide sequence of said protein. Yet more preferably, the MRP8 subunit comprised of a thus modified recombinant human protein is comprised of an active site which has an affinity - 5 for binding to a MRPl4 subunit. A thus modified recombinant MRP8 subunit has an affinity for a MRPl4 subunit which is greater than the affinity of the natural, unmodified, MRP8 subunit for a MRPl4 subunit.
In another aspect, the Z-(Ll-D) n of System B is 0 comprised of a fusion protein. Thus, preferably, said fusion protein is comprised of a residue of an immunoreactive reagent fused to one or more residues of a MRP8. In a preferred embodiment, said fusion protein is comprised of residues of MRP8 fused to an immunoglobulin heavy chain in the CHl region, such that when combined with an appropriate light chain the said fusion protein comprises an Fab fragment linked to one or more MRP8. In another preferred embodiment, said fusion protein can be comprised of one or more MRP8 fused to an immunoglobulin heavy chain in the CH2 or in the CH3 region; said fusion protein, when comprised of an immunoglobulin light chain, can be comprised of a Fab'2 fragment linked to one or more MRP8. In still another preferred embodiment, said fusion protein can be comprised of one or more MRP8 fused to the C-terminal end of an immunoglobulin single-chain construct and thus be comprised of an Fv fragment linked tQ one or more MRP8.
The above genetically engineered fusion protein comprising Z-(Ll-D) n of System B can be comprised of a protein whose coding region is independently comprised of the coding region of a residue of a human or of a non-human first protein fused, in frame, to the coding region of a residue of a human or non-human second protein. Preferably, said coding regions are independently human and bacterial or modified by genetic engineering techniques as above. More preferably, the fusion protein is comprised of a protein whose coding region is comprised of the coding ~3 WO94/16741 ~ 1 S ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 region of a residue of a human immunoreactive reagent fused, in frame, to the coding region of one or more residues of a human MRP8 or a genetically engineered modified human MRP8. Yet more preferably, the fusion protein is comprised of a thus modified recombinant MRP8 comprised of an active site which has an affinity for binding to a MRPl4 subunit. A thus modified recombinant MRP8 subunit of a fusion protein has an affinity for a MRPl4 subunit which is greater than the affinity of the natural, unmodified, MRP8 subunit for a MRPl4 subunit.
The association of a ligand with a receptor can comprise a non-covalent interaction, or it can comprise the formation of a covalent bond. Preferably the association is non-covalent.
In System A, n MRPl4 subunits are covalently linked, i.e., conjugated, by a linking group to an immunoreactive group, preferably to an antibody or to an antibody fragment, most preferably to ING-l, to form the NRTIR [i.e., Z-(Ll-Rec)n] of the System.
Preferably n is l, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. Most preferably n is l or 2.
Again in System A, in one embodiment, an MRP8 subunit is a component of a radioactive delivery agent [i.e., an RDA, Rec-(L2-Q-M) m] iS attached to m chelating groups, each by means of a linking group, and the chelating group is associated with a radionuclide. Preferably the chelating group is TMT
(described hereinbelow), the linking group is as described below, the radionuclide is an isotope of yttrium, and m is 2 to about lO.
In another embodiment, the RDA in System A is comprised of a MRP8 that contains one or more radionuclides that are covalently attached, either directly to one or more components of the MRP8 or to one or more components that are attached by a linking group as described below to the MRP8. Preferably, said covalently attached radionuclide is a WO94/16741 ; ~ 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 radioisotope of iodine attached to an aromatic ring-containing moiety.
In yet another embodiment, the RDA in System A
is comprised of a MRP8 that contains one or more radionuclides that are covalently attached, either directly to one or more components of the MRP8 (such as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,078,985, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference) or to one or more components that are 0 attached to the MRP8 by a linking group such as are derived from N3S and N2S2 containing compounds, as for example, those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos.
4,444,690; 4,670,545; 4,673,562; 4,897,255; 4,965,392;
4,980,147; 4,988,496; 5,021,556 and 5,075,099.
Preferably, said covalently attached radionuclide is selected from a radioisotope of technicium and rhenium attached to a group comprised of a sulfur atom.
In System B, n MRP8 subunits are covalently linked, i.e., conjugated, by a linking group to an immunoreactive group, preferably to an antibody or to an antibody fragment, most preferably to ING-1, to form the NRTIR [i.e., Z-(L1-Rec)n] of the System.
Preferably, n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. More preferably, n is 1 or 2.
Again in System B, in one embodiment, a MRP14 subunit is a component of a radioactive delivery agent [i.e., an RDA, Rec-(L2-Q-M)m], and is attached to m chelating groups, each by means of a linking group, and the chelating group is associated with a radionuclide. Preferably the chelating group is TMT
(described hereinbelow), the linking group is as described below, the radionuclide is an isotope of yttrium, and m is 2 to about 10.
In another embodiment, the RDA in System B is comprised of a MRP14 that contains one or more radionuclides that are covalently attached, either directly to one or more components of the MRP14 or to one or more components that are attached by a linking group as described below to the MRP14. Preferably, ~5~
WO94/16741 21~5/4 ~ 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 ~
said covalently attached radionuclide is a radioisotope of iodine attached to an aromatic ring-containing moiety. In another embodiment, the RDA in System B is comprised of a MRPl4 that contains one or more radionuclides that are covalently attached, either directly to one or more components of the MRPl4 or to one or more components that are attached by a linking group as described below to the MRPl4.
Preferably, said covalently attached radionuclide is selected from a radioisotope of technicium and rhenium attached to a group comprised of a sulfur atom.
In the NRTIR of System A and B, chemical conjugation is achieved,by use of a linking group (Ll) which, for example, is introduced through modification of, a site on an immunoreactive group. The introduction of activated groups such as activated ethylene groups (e.g., maleimide groups) on to amine groups such as lysine epsilon-amines of a protein is represented in Scheme l. Other techniques include the use of heterobifunctional linking moieties and chemical modifications such as the examples described in U. S. Patent No. 4,719,182. Additionally, those chemicals such as SMCC which are commonly commercially available, for example, from Pierce Chemical Company are included as non-limiting examples.
In System A in one aspect, chemical conjugation is otherwise achieved by using a linking group, Ll, which is introduced through mild reduction of the MRPl4 (or of the MRPl4 chemically modified by covalent attachment of reagents which contain disulfide bonds) with a reducing reagent such as dithiothreitol to produce sulfhydryl (SH) sites in the reduced MRPl4 protein moiety. In System A, reaction of the thus reduced MRPl4 protein moiety with the above described maleimide modified antibody (Ab-M) results in an antibody/receptor conjugate tAb-M-s-MRpl4 protein:
Scheme lA) linked together by one or more thioether bonds. Additionally, those chemicals which are commonly commercially available, for example, from WO94/16741 ~ 1 ~ 4 8 9 8 PCT~S94/00965 Pierce Chemical Company and the like which are useful in the covalent attachment of two proteins are included as non-limiting examples in the coupling of MRP14 to antibody in System A.
In System B, reaction of the above reduced MRP14 protein moiety with a chelating agent which contains a precursor of a linking group comprised of an activated ethylene group such as a maleimide group results in a MRP14/chelating agent conjugate wherein the reduced MRP14 is covalently attached to one or more chelating agents each by a thioether bond. Similarly, reaction of the above reduced immunoreactive protein moiety with the residue of a ligand which contains a precursor of one or more linking groups, each of which residue comprises an activated ethylene group such as a maleimide group, results in the formation of an immunoreactive protein moiety/ligand conjugate linked together by one or more thioether bonds.
In System B in another aspect, chemical conjugation is otherwise achieved by using a linking group, L2, which is introduced through mild reduction of the MRP8 (or of the MRP8 chemically modified by covalent attachment of reagents which contain disulfide bonds) with a reducing reagent such as dithiothreitol to produce sulfhydryl (SH) sites in the reduced MRP8 protein moiety. In System B, reaction of the thus reduced MRP8 protein moiety with the above described maleimide modified antibody (Ab-M) results in an antibody/receptor conjugate (Ab-M-S-MRP8 protein: Scheme lB) linked together by one or more thioether bonds. Additionally, those chemicals which are commonly commercially available, for example, from Pierce Chemical Company and the like which are useful in the covalent attachment of two proteins are included as non-limiting examples in the coupling of MRP8 to antibody in System B.
In System A, reaction of the above reduced MRP8 protein moiety with a chelating agent which contains a precursor of a linking group comprised of an activated ~1 WO94/16741 ~ 1 5 ~ ~ 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ethylene group such as a maleimide group results in a MRP8/chelating agent conjugate wherein the reduced MRP8 is covalently attached to one or more chelating agents by a thioether bond. Similarly, reaction of the thus reduced immunoreactive protein moiety to the residue of a ligand which contains a precursor of one or more linking groups, each of which residue comprises an activated ethylene group such as a maleimide group, results in the formation of an 0 immunoreactive protein moiety/ligand conjugate linked together by one or more thioether bonds.
In System A and B, other groups are useful in the coupling of the immunoreactive material to either the receptor moiety, (Hl), or the ligand moiety, (H2), particularly if the above reagents are utilized. Suitable reactive sites on the immunoreactive material and on the receptor moiety include: amine sites of lysine; terminal peptide amines; carboxylic acid sites, such as are available in aspartic acid and glutamic acid; sulfhydryl sites;
carbohydrate sites; activated carbon-hydrogen and carbon-carbon bonds which can react through insertion via free radical reaction or nitrene or carbene reaction of a so activated residue; sites of oxidation; sites of reduction; aromatic sites such as tyrosine; and hydroxyl sites.
In System A, the ratio of MRPl4 to immunoreactive group such as an antibody can vary widely from about 0.5 to lO or more. In bulk, mixtures comprised of immunoreactive groups which are unmodified and immunoreactive groups which are modified with MRPl4 are also suitable. Such mixtures can have a bulk ratio of MRPl4 to immunoreactive group of from about O.l to about lO.
In System B, the ratio of MRP8 to immunoreactive group such as an antibody can vary widely from about 0.5 to lO or more. In bulk, mixtures comprised of immunoreactive groups which are unmodified and immunoreactive groups which are modified with MRP8 are l&
~ WO94/16741 21 S~9 6 PCT~S94/00965 also suitable. Such mixtures can have a bulk ratio of MRP8 to immunoreactive group of from about O.l to about lO.
In System A, in preferred embodiments, the mole ratio of MRPl4 to immunoreacative group is from about l:l to about 6:l. It is specifically contemplated that with knowledge of the DNA sequence that encodes MRPl4, especially human MRPl4, a fusion protein can be made between the antibody and the MRPl4, or portions 0 thereof, through the use of genetic engineering techniques. It is specifically contemplated that in all of these compositions of MRPl4 bound to antibody, the MRPl4 retains a capacity to bind to the ligand subunit of the heterodimer described in the invention.
In System B, in preferred embodiments, the mole ratio of MRP8 to immunoreactive group is from about l:l to about lO:l. In bulk, mixtures comprised of immunoreactive groups which are unmodified and immunoreactive groups which are modified with MRP8 are also suitable. It is specifically contemplated that with knowledge of the DNA sequence that encodes MRP8, especially human MRP8, a fusion protein can be made between the antibody and the MRP8, or portions thereof, through the use of genetic engineering techniques. It is specifically contemplated that in all of these compositions of MRP8 bound to antibody, the MRP8 retains a capacity to bind to the receptors described in the invention.
In System A and B, following the linking of the immunoreactive group, preferably of an antibody or an antibody fragment, to MRPl4 (system A) or MRP8 (system B), the conjugate is purified by passage of the material through a gel permeation column such as Superose 6 using an appropriate elution buffer or by elution from a HPLC column such as a Shodex WS-803F
size exclusion column. Both these methods separate the applied materials by molecular size resulting in the elution of the antibody/MRPl4 conjugate in a different fraction from any residual non-conjugated aq WO94/16741 2 1 ~ ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/0~965 ~
MRP14 in System A, and in the elution of the antibody/MRP8 conjugate in a different fraction from any residual non-conjugated MRP8 in System B.
In System A and B, the concentrations of the antibody in the conjugate solutions are determined by the BCA (BioRad Catalog # 500-0001) method using bovine immunoglobulin as the protein standard.
The ability of the antibody to bind to its target antigen following conjugation to either MRP14 (system A) or MRP8 (system B) can be assayed by ELISA
or flow cytometry. A 30 cm x 7.5 mm TSK-G3000SW size-exclusion HPLC column (Supelco) fitted with a guard column of the same material can be used to determine the amount of aggregation in the final conjugate.
L1 and L2 in System A and System B are each independently a chemical bond or the residue of a linking group. In one aspect, the phrase "residue of a linking group" as used herein refers to a moiety that remains, results, or is derived from the reaction of a protein reactive group with a reactive site on a protein. The phrase "protein reactive group" as used herein refers to any group which can react with functional groups typically found on proteins.
However, it is specifically contemplated that such protein reactive groups can also react with functional groups typically found on relevant nonprotein molecules. Thus, in one aspect the linking groups L1 and L2 useful in the practice of this invention derive from those groups which can react with any relevant molecule "Z" or "Rec" as described above containing a reactive group, whether or not such relevant molecule is a protein, to form a linking group. In one aspect, preferred linking groups thus formed include the linking group, Ll, between the immunoreactive group, "Z", and the H1 receptor- containing species "Rec", (e.g. MRP14), in the NRTIR System A; the linking group, L1, between the immunoreactive group, "Z", and H2 ligand species (e.g., MRP8) in the NRTIR in System B; the linking group, L2, between the H1 receptor-3~
21$~g.9~
WO94/16741 ~ PCT~S94/00965 containing species in the "Rec", (e.g. MRP14), and the residue of the chelating group, "Q", in the RDA in System B; and between the H2 ligand-containing species (e.g.,MRP8) and the residue of the chelating agent, "Q", in the RDA in System A.
Preferred linking groups are derived from protein reactive groups selected from but not limited to:
(1) a group that will react directly with amine, alcohol, or sulfhydryl groups on the immunoreactive protein or biological molecule containing the reactive group, for example, active halogen containing groups including, for example, chloromethylphenyl groups and chloroacetyl [ClCH2C(=O)-] groups, activated 2-(leaving group substituted)-ethylsulfonyl and ethylcarbonyl groups such as 2-chloroethylsulfonyl and 2-chloroethylcarbonyl; vinylsulfonyl; vinylcarbonyl;
epoxy; isocyanato; isothiocyanato; aldehyde;
aziridine; succinimidoxycarbonyl; activated acyl groups such as carboxylic acid halides; mixed anhydrides and the like; and other groups known to be useful in conventional photographic gelatin hardening agents;
(2) a group that can react readily with modified proteins or biological molecules containing the immunoreactive group, i.e., proteins or biological molecules containing the immunoreactive group modified to contain reactive groups such as those mentioned in (1) above, for example, by oxidation of the protein to an aldehyde or a carboxylic acid, in which case the "linking group" can be derived from protein reactive groups selected from amino, alkylamino, arylamino, hydrazino, alkylhydrazino, arylhydrazino, carbazido, semicarbazido, thiocarbazido, thiosemicarbazido, sulfhydryl, sulfhydrylalkyl, sulfhydrylaryl, hydroxy, carboxy, carboxyalkyl and carboxyaryl. The alkyl portions of said linking groups can contain from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms. The aryl portions of said ~`
WO94/16741 2 l ~ 4 8 ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
linking groups can contain from about 6 to about 24 carbon atoms; and (3) a group that can be linked to the protein or biological molecule containing the immunoreactive group, or to the modified protein as noted in (1) and (2) above by use of a crosslinking agent. The residues of certain useful crosslinking agents, such as, for example, homobifunctional and heterobifunctional gelatin hardeners, bisepoxides, and bisisocyanates can become a part of, i.e., a linking group in, for example, the protein-(MRP14-containing species) conjugate in System A during the crosslinking reaction. Other useful crosslinking agents, however, can facilitate the crosslinking, for example, as consumable catalysts, and are not present in the final conjugate. Examples of such crosslinking agents are carbodiimide and carbamoylonium crosslinking agents as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,421,847 and the ethers of U.S. Patent No. 4,877,724. With these crosslinking agents, one of the reactants such as the immunoreactive group must have a carboxyl group and the other such as the oligonucleotide containing species must have a reactive amine, alcohol, or sulfhydryl group. In amide bond formation, the crosslinking agent first reacts selectively with the carboxyl group, then is split out during reaction of the thus "activated" carboxyl group with an amine to form an amide linkage between, for example, the protein and MRP14-containing species, thus covalently bonding the two moieties. An advantage of this approach is that crosslinking of like molecules, e.g., proteins with proteins or MRP14-containing species with themselves is avoided, whereas the reaction of, for example, homobifunctional crosslinking agents is 3~ nonselective and unwanted crosslinked molecules are obtained.
Preferred useful linking groups are derived from various heterobifunctional cross-linking reagents such as those listed in the Pierce Chemical Company 3~
WO94tl6741 ' 21~ 6 PCT~S94/00965 Immunotechnology Catalog - Protein Modification Section, (1991 and 1992). Useful non-limiting examples of such reagents include:
Sulfo-SMCC
Sulfosuccinimidyl ~-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane- l-carboxylate.
Sulfo-SIAB
Sulfosuccinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate.
Sulfo-SMPB
Sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate.
2-Iminothiolane.
SATA
N-Succinimidyl S-acetylthioacetate.
In addition to the foregoing description, the linking groups, in whole or in part, can also be comprised of and derived from complementary sequences of nucleotides and residues of nucleotides, both naturally occurring and modified, preferably non-self-associating oligonucleotide sequences. Particularly useful, non-limiting reagents for incorporation of modified nucleotide moieties containing reactive functional groups, such as amine and sulfhydryl groups, into an oligonucleotide sequence are commercially available from, for example, Clontech Laboratories Inc. (Palo Alto California) and include Uni-Link AminoModifier (Catalog # 5190), Biotin-ON
phosphoramidite (Catalog # 5191), N-MNT-C6-AmlnoModifier (Catalog # 5202), AminoModifier II
(Catalog # 5203), DMT-C6-3'Amine-ON (Catalog # 5222), C6-ThiolModifier (Catalog # 5211), and the like. In one aspect, linking groups of this invention are derived from the reaction of a reactive functional group such as an amine or sulfhydryl group, one or more of which has been incorporated into an oligonucleotide sequence, through synthesis using one WO94/16741 ~ ~5 ~ PCT~S94/00965 of the above Clontech reagents, with, for example, one or more of the previously described protein reactive groups such as the above described heterobifunctional protein reactive groups, one or more of which has been incorporated into, for example, an immune reactive agent or a MRP14 moiety as described in system A of this invention or a MRP8 moiety as described in system B of this invention. In the NRTIR of System A, one sequence of a pair of two complementary oligonucleotide sequences is attached to one component and the complementary sequence is attached to the other components of the conjugate. For example, one sequence is attached to the immune reactive agent and the complementary oligonucleotide sequence is attached to the MRP14-containing moiety. On mixing the two components, the hybrid formed between the two complementary oligonucleotide sequences then comprises the linking group between the immune reactive agent and the MRP14-containing moiety.
In the RDA of System B, the complementary oligonucleotide sequences are separately attached to two components of the conjugate, one sequence to the residue comprised of one or more chelating agents and the complementary oligonucleotide sequence to the MRP14-containing moiety. On mixing the two compounds, the hybrid formed between the two complementary oligonucleotide sequences then comprises the linking group between the MRP14-containing moiety and the component comprised of one or more chelating agents.
In System B, one or more oligonucleotides each comprising two or more oligonucleotide units each containing a copy of the same oligonucleotide sequence linked, for example, in tandem, and optionally with spacing groups and linking groups, can be covalently attached to one MRP14-containing moiety. An oligonucleotide sequence containing a sub-sequence that is complementary to the above copied sequence and is comprised of one or more chelating agents can then be added to the above MRP14-containing moiety. The 3~
~ WO94/16741 21 5 ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 multiple hybrids formed between the parts of complementary oligonucleotide sub-sequences then comprise the linking group betweer. the MRP14-containing moiety and the multiple chelating agents.
Likewise, in the NRTIR of System B, the residue of one or more MRP8-containing moieties which associate with MRP14 can be attached to the immunoreactive group using complementary oligonucleotide hybrids as described above. In the NRTIR of System A, multiple MRP14-containing moieties can be attached to the immunoreactive protein analogously.
In the RDA of System A, an MRP8-containing moiety can be attached to multiple chelating agents using complementary oligonucleotide hybrids as described above.
Q in System A and in System B represents the residue of a chelating group. The chelating group of this invention can comprise the residue of one or more of a wide variety of chelating agents that can have a radionuclide associated therewith. As is well known, a chelating agent is a compound containing donor atoms that can combine by coordinate bonding with a metal atom to form a cyclic structure called a chelation complex or chelate. This class of compounds is described in the Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Vol. 5, 339-368.
The residues of suitable chelating agents can be independently selected from polyphosphates, such as sodium tripolyphosphate and hexametaphosphoric acid;
aminocarboxylic acids, such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylene-diaminetriacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, N,N-di(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine, ethylenebis(hydroxyphenylglycine) and diethylenetriamine pentacetic acid; 1,3-diketones, such as acetylacetone, trifluoroacetylacetone, and thenoyltrifluoroacetonei hydroxycarboxylic acids, such as tartaric acid, citric acid, gluconic acid, and 5-3 ~
WO94/16741 2 15 4 8 3 6 PCT~S94/00965 sulfosalicylic acid; polyamines, such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, and triaminotriethylamine;
aminoalcohols, such as triethanolamine and N-(2-S hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine; aromatic heterocyclic bases, such as 2,2'-dipyridyl, 2,2'-diimidazole, dipicoline amine and 1,10-phenanthroline; phenols, such as salicylaldehyde, disulfopyrocatechol, and chromotropic acid; aminophenols, such as 8-hydroxyquinoline and oximesulfonic acid; oximes, such as dimethylglyoxime and salicylaldoxime; peptides containing proximal chelating functionality such as polycysteine, polyhistidine, polyaspartic acid, polyglutamic acid, or combinations of such amino acids;
Schiff bases, such as disalicylaldehyde 1,2-propylenediimine; tetrapyrroles, such as tetraphenylporphin and phthalocyanine; sulfur compounds, such as toluenedithiol, meso-2,3-dimercaptosuccinic acid, dimercaptopropanol, thioglycolic acid, potassium ethyl xanthate, sodium diethyldithiocarbamate, dithizone, diethyl dithiophosphoric acid, and thiourea; synthetic macrocylic compounds, such as dibenzo[18]crown-6,(CH3)6-[14]-4,11-diene-N4, and (2.2.2-cryptate); and phosphonic acids, such as nitrilotrimethylene-phosphonic acid, ethylenediaminetetra(methylenephosphonic acid), and hydroxyethylidenediphosphonic acid, or combinations of two or more of the above agents.
Preferred residues of chelating agents contain polycarboxylic acid groups and include:
ethylenediamine-N, N, N',N'-tetraacetic acid (EDTA);
N,N,N',N",N"-diethylene-triaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA); 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N',N",N"'-tetraacetic acid (DOTA); 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N',N"-triacetic acid (DO3A);
1-oxa-4,7,10-triazacyclododecane-N,N',N"-triacetic acid (OTTA); and trans(1,2)-3~
21~ 6 WO94/16741 . .~ PCT~S94/00965 cyclohexanodiethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid (CDTPA).
Preferred residues of chelating agents contain polycarboxylic acid groups and include: B4A, P4A, TMT, DCDTPA, PheMT, macroPheMT, and macroTMT;
~ ~ N COOH
rN~ ~_COOH rN~
COOH COOH COOH COOH COOH ~N' N ~
B4A P4A C~oHCOOH~cooH
TMT
N ~ ~
rN N rN~ N COOH
COOH ~COOH CooHCOOH ~COOH
DCDTPA PheMT
rN~ rN~ ~?
COOH N ~ N N
~COOH COO ~ COOH
M~,url,eMT M~roTMT
In one aspect, other suitable residues of chelating agents are comprised of proteins modified for the chelation of metals such as technetium and rhenium as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,078,985, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
1~ In another aspect, suitable residues of chelating agents are derived from N3S and N2S2 containing compounds, as for example, those disclosed WO94/16741 215 ~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,444,690; 4,670,545; 4,673,562;
4,897,255; 4,965,392; 4,980,147; 4,988,496; 5,021,556 and 5,075,099.
Other suitable residues of chelating agents are described in PCT/US91/08253, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. If Q is comprised of the residue of multiple chelating agents, such agents can be linked together by one or more linking groups such as described above.
The residues of the chelating agent Q are independently linked to the other components of this invention through a chemical bond or a linking group such as L2 as described above. Preferred linking groups also include nitrogen atoms in groups such as amino, imido, nitrilo and imino groups; alkylene, preferably containing from 1 to 18 carbon atoms such as methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene and hexylene, such alkylene optionally being interrupted by 1 or more heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur or heteroatom-containing groups; carbonyl;
sulfonyl; sulfinyl; ether; thioether; ester, i.e., carbonyloxy and oxycarbonyl; thioester, i.e., carbonylthio, thiocarbonyl, thiocarbonyloxy, and oxythiocarboxy; amide, i.e., iminocarbonyl and carbonylimino; thioamide, i.e., iminothiocarbonyl and thiocarbonylimino; thio; dithio; phosphate;
phosphonate; urelene; thiourelene; urethane, i.e., iminocarbonyloxy,and oxycarbonylimino; an amino acid linkage, i.e., a ~ ~ k ~ ~k group wherein k=1 and X1, X2, X3 independently are H, alkyl, containing from 1 to 18, preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl and propyl, such alkyl optionally being interrupted by 1 or more heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, containing from 6 3~
~ WO94/16741 21 5 ~ ~ 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 to 18, preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms such as phenyl, hydroxyiodophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, fluorophenyl and naphthyl, aralkyl, preferably containing from 7 to 12 carbon atoms, such as benzyl, heterocyclyl, preferably containing from 5 to 7 nuclear carbon and one or more heteroatoms such as S, N, P or O, examples of . preferred heterocyclyl groups being pyridyl, quinolyl, imidazolyl and thienyl; heterocyclylalkyl, the heterocyclyl and alkyl portions of which preferably are described above; or a peptide linkage, i.e., a N ~ or ~ N ~ k Xl Xl group wherein k>1 and each X independently is represented by a group as described for X1, X2, X3 above. Two or more linking groups can be used, such as, for example, alkyleneimino and iminoalkylene. It is contemplated that other linking groups may be suitable for use herein, such as linking groups commonly used in protein heterobifunctional and homobifunctional conjugation and crosslinking chemistry as described for L1 or L2 above. Especially preferred linking groups include amino groups which when linked to the residue of a chelating agent via an isothiocyanate group on the chelating agent form thiourea groups.
The linking groups can contain various substituents which do not interfere with the coupling reaction between the chelating agent Q and the other components of this invention. The linking groups can also contain substituents which can otherwise interfere with such reaction, but which during the coupling reaction, are prevented from so doing with suitable protecting groups commonly known in the art and which substituents are rege~erated after the couplins reaction by suitable deprotection. The linking groups can also contain substituents that are 3q WO94/16741 Z 1 5 48 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 introduced after the coupling reaction. For example, the linking group can be substituted with substituents such as halogen, such as F, Cl, Br or I; an ester group; an amide group; alkyl, preferably containing from 1 to about 18, more preferably, 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, i-propyl, butyl, and the like; substituted or unsubstituted aryl, preferably containing from 6 to about 20, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms such as phenyl, 0 naphthyl, hydroxyphenyl, iodophenyl, hydroxyiodophenyl, fluorophenyl and methoxyphenyl;
substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, preferably containing from 7 to about 12 carbon atoms, such as benzyl and phenylethyl; alkoxy, the alkyl portion of which preferably contains from 1 to 18 carbon atoms as described for alkyl above; alkoxyaralkyl, such as ethoxybenzyl; substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, preferably containing from 5 to 7 nuclear carbon and heteroatoms such as S, N, P or O, examples of preferred heterocyclyl groups being pyridyl, quinolyl, imidazolyl and thienyl; a carboxyl group; a carboxyalkyl group, the alkyl portion of which preferably contains from 1 to 8 carbon atoms; or the residue of a chelating group.
In one embodiment, multiple chelating groups, Q, can be attached to the MRP8 in system A (and to MRP14 in system B) using reagents of the form represented in structure 1.
L [[A]a~ [B]b¦ W
I f Q~
M
Structure 1 wherein:
~0 WO94/16741 ~82 ~ PCT~S94/00965 L is the residue of a protein reactive group as defined above, wherein preferab~y L is a linking group comprised of the residue of an amide group, a chemical bond, an amino acid residue, or an arylene group which may be substituted by one or more hydroxyl groups; A
is an alkylene group, a polyalkylene oxidyl group, an amino acid residue, a peptide residue, or a group containing pendant substituents which contain heteroatoms (such as, for example, oxygen in the form 0 of one or more hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups or salts thereof, amido groups, ether groups, sulfur in the form of thioether, sulfone, sulfoxide or sulfonate, nitrogen in the form of amino groups, amido groups or a diazo linkage, or phosphorous in the form of phosphate); B is selected from A but modified to contain one or more radionuclides bound thereto by chelating groups, Q, as defined above, such as, for example, but not limited to, TMT groups or DTPA
groups, macrocyclic chelating groups, chelate groups that contain sulfur atoms, chelate groups that contain nitrogen atoms, chelate groups that contain pyridine rings, and chelate groups that contain carboxylate or phosphate groupsi W is selected from H, alkyl, aralkyl, alkylene, carboxylic acid groups, amino groups, amido groups, aryl groups, hydroxyaryl groups, a therapeutically effective and diagnostically effective radioisotope of an atom (such as iodine in the form of an iodo group, and the like) that can be covalently attached to a component of structure (1) [as distinct from a therapeutically effective or diagnostically effective radioisotope of an ion that can be bound to a component of structure (1) via a chelate group], a chelate group that may contain a therapeutically effective or diagnostically effective radioisotope; M, is a metal ion such as yttrium, indium, rhenium, copper, scandium, bismuth, lead, leuticum and the like; a is zero or an integer from one to about 100; b, q, and f are independently integers from one to about 100.
Y~
WO94/16741 ` ` 8~ 6 PCT~S94100965 In the RDA of System A, preferred non-limiting examples of linking groups include the residue of a sulfur protected linear peptide H2N-[D-(S-t-Butyl)-Cys]=Ala-Ala-Ala-Ala-Lys-Lys-OH as well as the residue of a sulfur protected linear-peptide H2N-[L-(S-t-Butyl)-Cys]=Ala-Ala-Ala-Ala-Lys-Lys-OH, both of which may be independently synthesized via solid-phase methodology on an ABI 430A automated peptide synthesizer using the instructions provided by the manufacturer.
The linear peptide H2N-[D-(S-t-Butyl)-Cys]--Ala-Ala-Ala-Ala-Lys-Lys-OH can be synthesized via solid-phase methodology, on an ABI 430A Automated Peptide Synthesizer. A solid support useful in the synthesis is a 4-Alkoxybenzyl alcohol polystyrene resin (Wang resin). The N-alpha-Fmoc protecting group can be used throughout the synthesis, with S-trityl side chain protection on D-Cys, and t-BOC protection on the side chain of Lys. The peptide chain can be assembled using the ABI FastMocTM software protocols (0.25 mmole scale, HBTU activated couplings, 4 fold excess of amino acid, l hour) for Fmoc-chemistry. The epsilon amines of the lysine groups of these peptides are reacted with a protein reactive group on a chelating agent, for example with TMT-NCS to form a thiourea linking group to each lysine. The 4-Butyl protecting group on sulfur is removed with acid, and the thus produced peptide containing the SH group is then conjugated using the sulhydryl group to MRP8 and the previously described maleimide heterobifunctional chemistry. The thus prepared conjugate is then exposed to a solution of a radionuclide such as 9Y+3Cl3 in acetate buffer to form the RDA.
The delivery agent (RDA) in System B is comprised of a MRPl4 moiety conjugated to one or more chelating agents via a linking group in a like manner.
Additional chelating agents and radionuclides bound to chelating agents are incorporated by preparing, for example, analogous peptides comprised WO94116741 $~95 PCT~S94/00965 of additional Lys-TMT and Lys-TMT-radionuclide groups.
Preferably, the number of such Lys-TMT and Lys-TMT-radionuclide residues is from l to about 6, and more preferably from 2 to about 6.
In the System B, the NRTIR is comprised of one or more ligands such as, for example, MRP8, that each have an affinity for binding to a MRPl4. Each such MRP8 is conjugated by a linking group (Ll) to an immunoreactive group (Z) as defined above. The NRTIR
0 preferably contains l to about lO of such ligands, more preferably 2 to about 4.
In one embodiment, both in System A and System B, it is desirable that the radionuclide be a metal ion and that said metal ion be easily complexed to the chelating agent, for example, by merely exposing or mixing an aqueous solution of the chelating agent-containing moiety with a metal salt in an aqueous solution preferably having a pH in the range of about 4 to about ll to form the RDA. The salt can be any salt, but preferably the salt is a water soluble salt of the metal such as a halogen salt, and more preferably such salts are selected so as not to interfere with the binding of the metal ion with the chelating agent of the RDA. In the process of formation of the chelate with the metal ion, the chelating agent-containing moiety is preferably in an aqueous solution at a pH of between about 4 and about 9, more preferably between pH about 5 to about 8. The chelating agent-containing moiety can be mixed with buffer salts such as citrate, acetate, phosphate and borate to produce the optimum pH. Preferably, said buffer salts are selected so as not to interfere with the subsequent binding of the metal ion to the chelating agent.
In therapeutic applications, the RDA of this invention preferably contains a ratio of metal radionuclide ion to chelating agent that is effective in such therapeutic applications. In preferred ~3 WO94/16741 2 ~ S ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 ~
embodiments, the mole ratio of metal ion per chelating agent is from about 1:100 to about 1:1.
In diagnostic imaging, applications, the RDA of this invention preferably contains a ratio of metal radionuclide ion to chelating agent that is effective in such diagnostic imaging applications. In preferred embodiments, the mole ratio of metal ion per chelating agent is from about 1:1,000 to about 1:1.
In another embodiment, the RDA of this invention 0 can comprise a non-radioisotope of a metal ion. The metal ions can be selected from, but are not limited to, elements of groups IIA through VIA. Preferred metals include those of atomic number 12, 13, 20, the transition elements 21 - 33, 38 - 52, 56, 72 -84 and 88 and those of the lanthanide series (atomic number 57 -71).
In another embodiment, the RDA of this invention can comprise a radionuclide. The radionuclide can be selected, for example, from radioisotopes of Sc, Fe, Pb, Ga, Y, Bi, Mn, Cu, Cr, Zn, Ge, Mo, Tc, Ru, In, Sn, Sr, Sm, Lu, Sb, W, Re, Po, Ta and Tl. Preferred radionuclides include 44SC, 64CU, 67CU, lllIn, 212pb, 68Ga, 87y, 90y~ 153Sm, 212Bi, 99mTC, 177Lu 186Re and 188Re .
Of these, especially preferred is 90Y. These radioisotopes can be atomic or preferably ionic.
In yet another embodiment, the RDA of this invention comprises a diagnostically effective amount of a radionuclide and a therapeutically effective amount of a second radionuclide. Preferably, the diagnostically effective radionuclide is an radioisotope of iodine such as 131I, and the therapeutically effective isotope is a radioisotope of Y, Sc, Cu, Pb, Ga, Bi and Re.
In a further embodiment, the RDA of this invention can comprise a fluorescent metal ion. The fluorescent metal ion can be selected from, but is not limited to, metals of atomic number 57 to 71. Ions of the following metals are preferred: La, Ce, Pr, Nd, ~y WO94/16741 21 PCT~S94/00965 $~8~
Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, and Lu. Eu is especially preferred.
In a still further embodiment, the RDA of this invention can comprise one or more paramagnetic elements which are suitable for the use in MRI
applications. The paramagnetic element can be selected from elements of atomic number 21 to 29, 43, 44 and 57 to 71. The following elements are preferred: Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, 0 Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb and Lu.
Mn, Gd, and Dy are especially preferred.
In Systems A and B, which describe subunit portions of heterodimeric proteins (Hl and H2), the identity of the receptor subunit and the ligand subunit are interchangeable. The preferred ligand subunit is MRP8, and the preferred receptor subunit is MRP14, but other receptor/ligand pairs are contemplated herein and, as non-limiting examples, they are described below:
MRPl4 and MRP8 ~also known as pl4 and p8, also known as the cystic fibrosis antigen, also known as Ll heavy chain and Ll light chain);
alpha and beta chains of the T cell receptor;
delta and gamma chains of the T cell receptor;
proteins of the cytokine IL-2;
natural killer cell stimulatory factor;
cytochrome b558;
signal recognition particle;
ligandin;
chaperone proteins;
punta toro virus glycoproteins;
hepatopoietins A and B;
human platelet-derived growth factor;
lipocortin II;
the heterodimeric proteins of the following enzymes:
glutathione S-transferases;
reverse transcriptase;
luciferase;
'~
WO94/16741 2 i ~ ~ 8 ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
creatine kinase;
phosphoglycerate mutase;
alcohol dehydrogenase; and gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
An example of a structure of an RDA that has utility in this invention is represented by structure 2.
~MRP)~CH2 N~ O R' 0 H . R~o S-CH2-CH-C--N-C 1l ~ ¦ 11 N
NH2 . H R . ml . H ~ m2~ H R~ m3 HN
CH30 ~S
~, NH
~N N
CH2 90Y+3 CH2 ~OOC aO0- ~OOC C00~ +Na(orH+) Structure 2 Wherein:
MRP comprises one of the residue of a ligand, MRP8, in system A or the residue of a receptor, MRP14, in system B; each of R' and R" is independently selected from a component of an amino acid that comprise a natural amino acid such as glycine, alanine, leucine, serine, lysine, isoleucine, glutamine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, proline, threonine, valine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, and the like, as well as unnatural amino acids, an unnatural racemate of a natural amino acids, and from H, a polyalkylene oxidyl group with a molecular weight in ~t~
WO94/16741 21 ~4 8 ~ 6 PCT~S94/00965 .:
the range of 72 to 5000 daltons, and the alkyl units therein comprised of from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched peptide group comprised of from 2 to 20 of the above amino acids and which may contain from 1 to 10 additional radioactive groups;
each of m1, m2, and m3 is independently selected from zero and an integer between 1 and 10 with the proviso that m2 is at least 1, and preferably 2 to about 5; and W is selected from OH, NH2, a residue of a group, preferably chelating agent such as TMT chelated to a radioactive metal ion such as 90Y+3, an O-alkyl group wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as an O-methyl group, and NRaRb wherein each of Ra and Rb is independently selected from an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, H, a hydroxyl ethyl group and a poly(alkylene oxidyl) group such as -PEG-OH and -PEG-O-alkyl (e.g., -PEG-O-CH3) wherein the alkyl is as described above and the PEG is a poly (ethylene oxidyl) with an average molecular weight in the range between 72 and 5,000 daltons.
Another example of a structure of an RDA that has utility in this invention is structure 3 below:
~1 WO94/16741 215 ~ 8 ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
(MRP)R~CH2--N~ O R' O H ' R~o S-CH2CH-C--N~ C 1l _~ ¦ 1l N ~ W
NH2 R",R~m; m~, . H ~ .m5 H R~ Im6 HN
OCH3N~= S
~, l~N N
CH2 90Y~3 CH2 ~OOC COO~ ~OOC COO~ +Na (orH+) Structure 3 Wherein:
MRP comprises one of a residue of a ligand (MRP8) in system A or a residue of a receptor (MRP14) in system B; each of R' and R" is independently selected from a component of an amino acid that comprise, for example, a natural amino acid such as glycine, alanine, leucine, serine, lysine, isoleucine, glutamine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, proline, threonine, valine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, and the like, as well as an unnatural amino acid or a racemate of natural amino acid, and from H, a poly(alkylene oxidyl) group as described above, a branched peptide group which may contain from one to about 10 additional radioactive groups as described above;
each of m4, ms, and m6 is independently selected from zero and an integer between 1 and 10 with the proviso that ms is at least 1, and preferably 2 to about 5; and W is selected from OH, NH2, the residue of a radioactive group as described above, an O-alkyl group as described above, NRaRb wherein each of Ra and Rb is 2~ independently selected from a alkyl groups as 4g WO94/16741 21 ~4 8 ~ 6 PCT~S94/00965 described above, H, a polyalkylene oxide moiety such as PEG-OH and PEG-O-alkyl (e.g., PEG-O-CH3) wherein the PEG is described above, and a m7 an integer from 1 to about 12;
In a preferred embodiment, an effective dose of an RDA of System A or of System B as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is prepared by exposing a composition of a precursor of an RDA (said precursor comprising a residue of an MRP8, a linking group, and a residue of a chelating agent in System A, and a residue of a MRP14, a linking group, and a residue of a chelating agent in System B) to a source of radioactive metal ion wherein the molar amount of said radionuclide metal ion is less than the molar amount of the chelating group comprising the RDA and wherein the duration of such exposure lasts an effective time so that uptake of said metal ion into said RDA is achieved.
In a preferred embodiment, an effective dose of a NRTIR of System A or System B as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to a patient and said NRTIR is allowed to accumulate at the target site such as at a tumor site in said patient. Subsequently, at an effective time, an effective dose of a RDA as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to said patient, and said RDA is allowed to accumulate at the target site, said target site being the NRTIR
accumulated at said tumor site in said patient.
In a preferred embodiment, a therapeutically effective dose of a NRTIR of System A or System B as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to a patient or to a tissue from a patient and said NRTIR is allowed to accumulate at the target site such as at a tumor site in said patient. Subsequently, at a therapeutically effective time of from one to about fourteen days, a therapeutically effective dose of a RDA as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is ~t9 WO94/16741 21 5 ~ 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 ~
administered to said patient or to the tissue from said patient, and is allowed to accumulate at the target site, said target site being the NRTIR
accumulated at said tumor site in said patient.
In another embodiment of this invention, a mixture of an RDA comprising a diagnostically effective radioactive isotope in combination with an RDA comprising a therapeutically effective radioactive isotope in a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation is specifically contemplated. For example, the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RDA comprising a radionuclide such as 90Y+3 together with a diagnostic imaging effective dose of an RDA comprising radionuclide such as 87y+3 wherein the ratio of the molar concentration of the therapeutically effective radionuclide ion to the molar concentration of the diagnostically effective radionuclide ion is between l and lO,000, preferably between l and l,000, permits the simultaneous diagnostic imaging of at least a portion of the tissue of a host patient during therapeutic treatment of said patient.
In another embodiment of this invention, the use of radioisotopes of iodine is specifically contemplated. For example, if the RDA of System A or of System B is comprised of substituents that can be chemically substituted by iodine in a covalent bond forming reaction, such as, for example, substituents containing hydroxyphenyl functionality, such substituents can be labeled by methods well known in the art with a radioisotope of iodine. The thus covalently linked iodine species can be used in the aforementioned fashion in therapeutic and diagnostic imaging applications.
The present invention also comprises one or more NRTIR as described above formulated into compositions together with one or more non-toxic physiologically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles which are collectively referred to herein as carriers, for parenteral injection for oral administration in solid SO
WO94/16741 I S~ 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 or liquid form, for rectal or topical administration, or the like. The present invention also comprises one or more RDA as described above formulated into compositions together with one or more non-toxic physiologically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles which are collectively referred to herein as carriers, for parenteral injection, for oral administration in solid or liquid form, for rectal, or topical administration, or the like.
0 The compositions can be administered to humans and animals either orally, rectally, parenterally (intravenous, by intramuscularly or subcutaneously), intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, intravesically, locally (powders, ointments or drops), or as a buccal or nasal spray. It is specifically contemplated that the NRTIR and the RDA can be administered by the same route such as orally, rectally, parenterally (intravenous, by intramuscularly or subcutaneously), intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, intravesically, locally (powders, ointments or drops), or as a buccal or nasal spray. It is also contemplated that the NRTIR can be administered by a route different from that of the RDA.
Compositions suitable for parenteral injection comprise physiologically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (propyleneglycol, polyethyleneglycol, glycerol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions and by the use of surfactants.
2 ~ 9 6 WO94/16741 PCT~S94/00965 These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispensing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example sugars, sodium chloride and the like.
Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is admixed with at least one inert customary excipient (or carrier) such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate or (a) fillers or extenders, as for example, starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and silicic acid, (b) binders, as for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alignates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose and acacia, (c) humectants, as for example, glylcerol, (d) disintegrating agents, as for example, agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain complex silicates and sodium carbonate, (e) solution retarders, as for example paraffin, (f) absorption accelerators, as for example, quaternary ammonium compounds, (g) wetting agents, as for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, ~h) adsorbents, as for example, kaolin and bentonite, and (i) lubricants, as for example, talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate or mixtures thereof.
In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents.
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk S~
WO94/16741 21 S~ ~ 9 6 PCT~S94/00965 sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethyleneglycols, and the like. Solid dosage forms such as tablets, dragees, capsules, pills and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and others well known in the art.
They may contain opacifying agents, and can also be of such composition that they release the active compound or compounds in a certain part of the intestinal tract in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used are polymeric substances and waxes.
The active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, as for example, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propyleneglycol, l,3-butyleneglycol, dimethylformamide, oils, in particular, cottonseed oil, groundnut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil and sesame oil, glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethyleneglycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
Besides such inert diluents, the composition can also include adjuvants, such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents, as for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, 5~
WO94/16741 2 1~ 4 ~ 8 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, or mixtures of ~hese substances, and the like.
Compositions for rectal administrations are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of the present invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethyleneglycol or a suppository wax, which are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at body temperature and therefore, melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active component.
Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, powders, sprays and inhalants. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a physiologically acceptable carrier and any preservatives, buffers or propellants as may be required. Opthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders and solutions are also contemplated as being within the scope of this lnvent lon .
Actual dosage levels of active ingredients in the compositions of the present invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of active ingredient that is effective to obtain a desired therapeutic response for a particular composition and method of administration. The selected dosage level therefore depends upon the desired therapeutic effect, on the route of administration, on the desired duration of treatment and other factors.
The total daily dose of the compounds of this invention administered to a host in single of divided dose may be in amounts, for example, of from about l nanomol to about 5 micromols per kilogram of body weight. Dosage unit compositions may contain such amounts of such sub-multiples thereof as may be used to make up the daily dose. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the body- weight, general health, sex, diet, time and route of administration, rates of s~t WO94/16741 1 S~;~9;~ PCT~S94/0096S
absorption and excretion, combination with other drugs and the severity of the particular disease being treated.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of diagnosis comprising the administration of a diagnostic imaging effective amount of the compositions of the present invention to a mammal or to a tissue from said mammal in need of such diagnosis. A method for diagnostic imaging for 0 use in medical procedures in accordance with this invention comprises administering to the body of a test subject in need of a diagnostic image an effective diagnostic image producing amount of the above-described compositions. In this method, an effective diagnostic image producing amount of a non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent (NRTIR) as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to a patient and said non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent is allowed to accumulate at the target site such as at a tumor site in said patient. Subsequently, a diagnostic imaging effective dose of a radioactive delivery reagent (RDA) as described above in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium is administered to said patient, and said radioactive targeting reagent is allowed to accumulate at the target site, said target site being the said non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent accumulated at said tumor site in said patient. The image pattern can then be visualized.
Alternatively, a portion of an NRTIR may be reacted with a diagnostic imaging effective amount of a reagent comprised of a radionuclide prior to administration of the entire amount of said NRTIR to the environs of a tissue of interest of a patient undergoing such diagnostic imaging, waiting for an effective period of time during which time the immunoreactive group in both the NRTIR and the portion of the NRTIR reacted with the diagnostically effective reagent will bind to sites on cells of said tissue of WO94/16741 2 1 S 4 ~ 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
~ .
interest and during which time unbound NRTIR and unbound portion of reacted NRTIR will be removed from the environs of said tissue, and then obtaining an image as a function of time of all or part of said tissue of interest. When the image of all or part of said tissue of interest is optimal, a diagnostic imaging or a therapeutically effective amount of RDA
containing the same or a different radionuclide as that employed on the above reacted NRTIR is administered to said tissue of interest of said patient.
In addition to human patients, the test subjects can include mammalian species such as rabbits, dogs, cats, monkeys, sheep, pigs, horses, bovine animals and the like.
After administration of the compositions of the present invention, the subject mammal is maintained for a time period sufficient for the administered compositions to be distributed throughout the subject and enter the tissues of the mammal. A sufficient time period is generally from about l hour to about 2 weeks or more and, preferably from about 2 hours to about l week.
The following examples further illustrate the invention and are not to be construed as limiting of the specification and claims in any way. Specific embodiments of the invention are illustrated in the following examples.
EXAMPLES
The following examples for the construction of conjugates between an antibody and MRPl4. In these examples ING-l (a chimeric IgGl antibody) is chosen for the methodologies; other antibodies such as those described herein are useful. The MRPl4 referred to below is of human neutrophil origin, purified as outlined below. MRP8 can be conjugated to antibodies by similar procedures.
~G
WO94/16741 ~ PCT~S94/00965 Example 1 Purification of MRP14 and MRP8 from Human Neutrophils The two proteins MRP14 and MRP8 have been isolated and molecularly cloned, Odink, K. et al., Nature 330: 80-82 (1987); Lagasse, F. et al. Mol.
Cell. Biol. 8: 2402-2410 (1988). The preferred source for these materials is the recombinant form of the proteins which require no separation from their natural heterodimer complex before use.
Rapid puri~ication of milligram quantities of MRP14 and MRP8 from neutrophil cytoplasm is achieved by following published methods, Edgeworth, J. et al.
J. Biol. Chem. 266: 7706-7713 (1991). In brief, a purified neutrophil preparation is obtained by centrifuging citrated human blood through dextran followed by percoll density gradient separation of the pelleted cells. Neutrophil cytoplasm is obtained by disrupting the cells by nitrogen cavitation and then layering the non-sedimentable fraction onto a discontinuous Percoll gradient (1.12 about 1.05 g/L).
After centrifugation at 17,000 g for 20 minutes, the uppermost layer of cytoplasmic proteins is subjected to anion exchange protein chromatography on a MonoQ
column and cation exchange chromatography on a MonoS
column. The final MRP14/MRP8 complex is separated into component heterodimers by treatment with 9 M urea containing 0.5% 2-mercaptoethanol (Odink et al, supra) followed by application of the sample to a Roto for preparative IEF cell with ampholités in the pH range 5 - 7.5. MRP14 is eluted with a pl of 5.5 and MRP8 is eluted with a pl of 6.7 The purified subunits are immediately desalted on PD-10 columns, concentrated and stored at -80C. Purity of the subunits is checked by passage through one of two CNBr-activated Sepharose immunoaffinity columns containing immobilized monoclonal antibodies against either MRP14 or MRP8 (Teigelkamp, S., et al. J. Biol. Chem. 266:
215 1 8 9 6 PCT~S94/00965~
13462-13467 (1991)). The purified subunits are eluted with 0.1 M glycine and immediately desalted on PD-10 columns before storage at -80C.
WO94/16741 1 ~ 8~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 Example 2 (2a) Preparation of Antibody-Malemide with Sulfo-SMCC
(ING-l-Maleimide) A sulfo-SMCC solution (36 nmoles) in PBS is added to a sample of a chimeric antibody (ING-l; 6 nmoles) solution in phosphate buffer (pH7). The 0 resulting mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes with occasional mixing at room temperature. The reaction is stopped with 60 nmoles basic tris buffer.
The reaction mixture is diluted with phosphate buffed saline, added to a prewashed PD-lO column, and eluted with PBS to afford ING-l-malemide. This material is stored on ice until use.
(2b) Preparation of mercaptoalkyl-Antibody A sample of a chimeric antibody (ING-l; 6 nmoles) solution in O.l M carbonate buffer (pH 8.8) is mixed with 200 nmoles of an aqueous solution of 2-iminothiolane. The resulting mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes with occasional mixing at room temperature. The reaction mixture is diluted with phosphate buffed saline, added to a prewashed PD-lO
column, and eluted with PBS to afford mercaptoalkyl-ING-l. This material is stored on ice until use.
(2c) Preparation of mercapto-antibody using SATA
A solution containing 6 nmoles of ING-l in PBS
is vortexed while 60 nmoles of SATA (in DMSO) are added. After mixing and standing at room temperature for 60 minutes, the reaction mixture is diluted with PBS, and eluted from a PD-lO column with PBS to afford ING-l-NH-CO-CH2-S-COCH3. The acetylthioacetylated antibody is deprotected by the addition of 30 ~L of a pH 7.5 solution containing lO0 mM sodium phosphate, 25 SS
j l ~
WO94/16741 PCT~S94/00965 21~89~ ~
mM EDTA, 50 mM NH2OH. The reaction proceeds for two hours at room temperature after which the material is again passed down a PD-10 column by elution with PBS.
The final product, ING-l(N)-CO-CH2-SH, is used immediately.
(2d) Radiolabeling of ING-1 with 125I or l31I
An aliquot of ING-1 (500 ~g) is labeled with either 125I monochloride or 131I monochloride (at about 5 mCi/mg) in the presence of Iodogen (Sodium N-chlorobenzenesulfonamide: Pierce Chemical Co) beads in a volume of 500 ~L lOOmM phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) at room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction is terminated by passage of the labeled antibody down a prewashed NAP-5 column. The iodinated protein is eluted with PBS and stored at 4C until use.
Example 3 (3a) Preparation of mercapto-MRP14 using SATA
A solution containing 50 nmoles of MRP14 in PBS
is vortexed while 500 nmoles of SATA (in DMSO) are added. After mixing and standing at room temperature for 60 minutes, the reaction mixture is diluted with PBS, and eluted from a PD-10 column with PBS to afford MRP14(N)-CO-CH2-S-CO-CH3. The acetylthioacetylated MRP14 is deprotected by the addition of 25 ~L of a pH
7.5 solution containing 100 mM sodium phosphate, 25 mM
EDTA, 100 mM NH2OH. The reaction proceeds for two hours at room temperature after which the material is again passed down a PD-10 column by elution with PBS.
The final product, MRP14(N)-CO-CH2-SH, is used immediately.
(3b) Preparatlon of mercaptoalkyl-MRP14 ~0 WO94/16741 21 S~ PCT~S94/0096 A sample of MRP14 (50 nmoles) is dissolved in 0.1 M carbonate buffer (pH 9) and 4 ~moles of an aqueous solution of 2-iminothiolane are added. The reactants are vortex mixed and kept at room temperature for 120 minutes. The reaction mixture is quenched by the addition of 4 ~moles of ethanolamine, diluted with phosphate buffed saline. The reaction mixture is added to a prewashed PD-10 column, and eluted with PBS to afford MRP14 (NH) -1 0 C (=NH2+) CH2CH2CH2SH. For use in conjugation to maleimide-derivatized ING-l, the product is eluted off the column directly into the maleimide-derivatized ING-l solution.
(3c) Preparation of reduced MRP14 using dithiothreitol A solution containing 40 nmoles of MRP14 in PBS
is vortexed and an equal volume of 500 mM
dithiothreitol in PBS is added. After mixing and standing on ice for 60 minutes, the reaction mixture is eluted from a prewashed PD-10 column with PBS to afford MRP14-SH. For use in conjugation to maleimide-derivatized antibody, the product is eluted off the column directly into the maleimide-derivatized antibody solution. Otherwise the final product is used immediately after preparation.
(3d) Preparation of MRP14-Maleimide with Sulfo-SMCC
A sulfo-SMCC solution (300 nmoles) in PBS is added to a sample of MRP14 (50 nmoles) in phosphate buffer (pH7). The resulting mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes with occasional mixing at room temperature. The reaction is stopped by the addition of 60 nmoles basic tris buffer. The reaction mixture is diluted with phosphate buffed saline, added to a prewashed PD-10 column, and eluted with PBS to afford ~ I
WO94/16741 2 15 4 ~ ~ ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
MRP14-maleimide. This material is stored on ice until use.
(3e) Radiolabeling of proteins and protein subunits with 125I or 131I
An aliquot of MRP14 (500 ~g) is labeled with 125I monochloride or 131I monochloride ~at about 5 mCi/mg) in the presence of Iodogen (Sodium N-chlorobenzenesulfonamide) beads in a volume of 500 ~l of 100 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) at room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction is terminated by passage of the labeled protein down a prewashed NAP-5 column. The iodinated MRP14 is eluted with PBS and stored at 4C until use.
An aliquot of MRP8 (500 ~g) is labeled with 125 monochloride or 131I monochloride (at about 5 mCi/mg) in the presence of Iodogen (Sodium N-chlorobenzenesulfonamide) beads in a volume of 500 ~l of 100 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) at room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction is terminated by passage of the labeled protein down a prewashed NAP-5 column. The iodinated MRP8 is eluted with PBS and stored at 4C until use.
An aliquot of the antibody, ING-1, (500 ~g) is labeled with 125I monochloride or 131I monochloride (at about 5 mCi/mg) in the presence of Iodogen (Sodium N-chlorobenzenesulfonamide) beads in a volume of 500 ~l of 100 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7.2) at room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction is terminated by passage of the labeled protein down a prewashed NAP-5 column. The iodinated ING-1 is eluted with PBS and stored at 4C until use.
Example 4 WO94/16741 ~ 6 PCT~S94/00965 Conjugation of MRPs to TMT-NCS
TMT-NCS or another suitable derivative thereof can be conjugated to either MRP14 or MRP8 subunits of the MRP14/MRP8 heterodimer. Each TMT-conjugated subunit exhibits an affinity for binding to the respective complementary heterodimer subunit. MRP8 (at approximately 5.0 mg/mL) as produced in Example 1 is dialyzed into phosphate buffered saline at pH 7.2.
0 The conjugation of MRP8 to TMT-NCS is achieved by first adding 1.0 M carbonate, 150 mM sodium chloride buffer, pH 9.3 to MRP8 until the pH of the MRP8 solution reaches 9Ø A sample of that MRP8 solution, containing approximately 250 ~g of protein, is then pipetted into an acid washed, conical, glass reaction vial. A solution of TMT-NCS is prepared by dissolving 10 mg in 10 mL of 1.0 M carbonate, 150 mM sodium chloride buffer, pH 9.0 at 4C. The conjugation reaction is started by the addition of 100 ~L of the TMT-NCS solution to the MRP8 to give a 4-fold (mole:mole) molar excess of TMT-NCS over MRP8. The solution is stirred briefly at room temperature to mix the reactants and then left in the dark at room temperature for 4 hours and then at 4C overnight.
After 16 hours, the MRP8/TMT conjugate is separated from unconjugated TMT by applying the reaction mixture to a PD-10 chromatography column which had been pre-washed and equilibrated with 50 mM sodium acetate in 150 mM sodium chloride buffer, pH 5.6. The pure conjugate is eluted off the column with 2.5 mL of that same buffer.
The protein concentration of MRP8 in the conjugate solutions is determined by the BCA protein assay (BioRad) using bovine immunoglobulin as the protein standard.
In order to calculate the number of TMT
molecules per MRP8 molecule, MRP8/TMT is reacted with ~3 WO94/16741 2 ~ S ~ 9 PCT~S94/00965 a solution of Europium chloride until saturation of the metal-binding capacity of the TMT, as determined by flourescence emission, occurs. Thus, an aliquot of the MRP8/TMT in 2.5 ml of 0.05 M Tris HCl buffer at pH
7.5 is pipetted into a 2 ml quartz cuvette. A 20 ~M
Europium chloride (Europium chloride hexahydrate:
Aldrich) solution in 0.05 M Tris HCl buffer at pH 7.5 is prepared. An aliquot (50 ~L) of this Europium chloride solution is added to the cuvette containing 0 MRP8/TMT and the resulting solution is slowly stirred on a magnetic stirrer at room temperature for 10 minutes using a small magnetic stir bar placed in the cuvette. The phosphorescence of the metal-MRP8/TMT
complex is determined in a Perkin Elmer LS 50 spectrofluorometer using an excitation wavelength of 340 nm (10 nm slit width). The phosphorescent emission is monitored at 618 nm using a 10 nm slit width, a 430 nm cutoff filter and 400 msec time delay.
The above procedure is repeated and phosphorescence readings are made after each addition. Aliquots of europium chloride are added until the increase in phosphorescence intensity is less than 5% of the preceding reading. A dilution correction is applied to the phosphorescence intensity measured at each mole ratio, to compensate for the change in volume of the test solution. As each chelating site on the MRP8/TMT
conjugate binds one Europium ion, and as an Europium ion has to be in a chelate site for phosphorescence to occur, this method allows the number of functional chelation sites to be quantitated. Using this method, the ratio of TMT molecules per molecule of MRP8 in bulk solution is in the range of 1:1 to 2:1.
Example 5 Conjugation of MRPs to Antibody ~'t WO94/16741 ~ ~ PCT~US94/00965 The following procedure is applicable to the conjugation of materials from Example 2a to the materials from Example 3a.
Similar methodologies for conjugation can be applied to the protein components of this invention irrespective of whether the maleimide group is on the antibody, on the MRP14 or on the MRP8 and irrespective of-the method chosen to introduce the sulfhydryl group into said proteins. The molar ratio of MRP to antibody during the conjugation is maintained at close to unity in order to avoid over-reaction of either protein with the other.
A sample (50 nmoles) of MRP14(N)-CO-CH2-SH of Example 3a is eluted off a PD-10 column directly into a solution of maleimide-derivatized ING-1 (5 nmoles) prepared according to Example 2a. After a brief mixing the solution is rapidly concentrated by centrifugation in a Centricon-10~ device to a concentration of approximately 3.0 mg/mL protein. The reaction then is allowed to proceed for 4 hours at room temperature. The antibody/MRP14 conjugate thus formed is transferred to a fresh Centricon-30~
ultrafiltration concentrator and diluted with PBS.
After concentrating the protein down to a volume of approximately 500 ~L by centrifugation, the retentate is again diluted with PBS to 3.0 mL and concentrated by centrifugation. This procedure, which separates unconjugated MRP14 and other low molecular weight materials into the filtrate and retains antibody/MRP14 conjugate and unconjugated antibody in the retentate, is repeated 4 times or until spectrophotometric monitoring of the filtrate at 280 nm shows that no further protein is being filtered. The material in the retentate is then concentrated to approximately 1.O mg of ING-1/MRP14 per milliliter solution and applied to a 2.6 x 60 cm Sephacryl 5-200 size-exclusion column equilibrated and eluted with a buffer WO94/16741 ~ 4`~ 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 containing 50mM sodium phosphate and 150mM sodium chloride at pH 7.2. This column separates unconjugated antibody from antibody/MRPl4 conjugate. Fractions of the eluate containing the conjugate as determined by size exclusion HPLC are pooled, and then centrifuged in a Centricon- 30~ device to a concentration of approximately l.0 mg ING-l/MRPl4 per milliliter solution. The solution of the conjugate is sterile filtered through a 0.22 ~ filter and stored at 4C
until use.
Addition of trace amounts of either l25I-labeled MRPl4 (Example 3e) or l25I-labeled ING-l (example 3e) or both l25I-labeled MRPl4 and l3lI-labeled ING-l (Example 3e) to the reaction mixtures, allows the ratio of one protein to the other after conjugation to be calculated.
Example 6 Preparation of Radionuclide labeled (9OY)MRP8/TMT
A volume of radioactive Yttrium chloride (90Y in 0.04M hydrochloric acid at a specific activity of >500 Ci/mg: Amersham-Mediphysics) is buffered by the addition of two volumes of 0.5 M sodium acetate at pH
6.0 and added to a solution of MRP8/TMT (prepared according to Example 4) in 0.5 M sodium acetate, pH
6.0, at room temperature. The labeling reaction is allowed to proceed for one hour. Then labeling efficiency is determined by removing l.0 ~L of the sample and spotting it at the origin of a Gelman ITLC-SG strip. The strip is developed in a glass beaker containing O.l M sodium citrate, pH 6.0r for a few minutes until the solvent front has reached three-quarters of the way to the top of the strip. The strip is then inserted into a System 200 Imaging Scanner (Bioscan) which has been optimized for 90Y and controlled by a Compaq 386/20e computer. In this WO94116741 1S~89& PCT~S94/00965 system, free (unchelated) 90Y migrates at the solvent front while 90Y-labeled MRP8/TMT remains at the origin. In excess of 97% of the added 90Y is taken up by the MRP8/TMT to form the desired 90Y-labeled product.
Example 7 Assays on the ING-l-Maleimide-S-MRP conjugates (7a) Protein Concentration The concentrations of ING-l, MRP-14, and MRP8 for use in the conjugate reactions are determined by the BCA protein assay (BioRad) using bovine immunoglobulin as the protein standard. By inclusion of trace amounts of l25I-labeled or l3lI-labeled MRPl4, MRP8, or ING-l (all prepared according to example 3e) in the reaction mixtures, and by knowing the specific activity of the preparations, the ratio of one protein to the other after conjugation is calculated.
As an alternative to radiolabeling, the MRPl4 or MRP8 can be conjugated to other materials (e.g., TMT
(Example 4: for use with 90Y or europium fluorescence), or to biotin (Pierce), or to fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC): Pierce) to detect and quantify the amount of MRPl4 or MRP8 present in a solution or conjugated to another protein.
(7b) Immunoreactivity assay by Flow Cytometry Antibody/MRPl4 conjugates (e.g.ING-l/MRPl4 prepared according to Example 5) are examined for their ability to bind to antigens on the surface of a human tumor cell line to which the antibody had been raised. The immunoreactivity of the conjugates is compared by flow cytometry with a standard preparation ~1 21~48~
W094/16741 PCT~S94/00965 of the antibody before being subjected to modification and conjugation to MRP14. Target HT29 cells (a human adenocarcinoma cell line obtained from the American Type Tissue Collection (ATCC)) are grown to confluence in tissue culture flasks using McCoy's media supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum. The cells are harvested by scraping the flask walls with a cell scraper. Cells from many separate flasks are pooled, centrifuged to a pellet, resuspended at 5xlO5/mL in a solution of ice-cold 50mM sodium phosphate with 150 mM
sodium chloride buffer pH 7.4 (PBS) supplemented with 0.1% bovine serum albumin (Sigma) and 0.02% sodium azide (Flow buffer). The cells are washed in this same buffer and then counted. An antibody standard curve is constructed by diluting a stock solution of ING-l with an irrelevant (non-binding), isotype-matched control antibody (human IgGl) to give a number of samples ranging in ING-l content from 10% to 100%.
The standard curve is made in flow buffer so that each sample contains 1.0 ~g protein per mL. Samples from the standard curve and ING-l/MRP14 unknowns are then incubated with 5x105 HT29 cells at 4C for 1 hour.
Unbound antibody is removed by first centrifuging the cells to a pellet (1000 x g for 5 minutes at 4C) and then resuspending the cells in 2.0 mL of flow buffer.
This procedure is repeated a further 3 times after which the cell pellet is resupended in 100 ~L of flow buffer and incubated at 4C for 1 hour with goat-anti-human antibody labelled with fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC). After further washing in flow buffer the cell pellet is resupended in 100 ~L of flow buffer to which a drop of propidium iodide (Coulter) has been added. The samples are then analyzed by flow cytometry on a Coulter EPICS 753 flow cytometer.
Fluorescein isothiocyanate and propidium iodide (PI) are excited using the 488 nm emission line of an argon laser. The output is set at 500 mw in light regulation mode. Single cells are identified by 90 degree and forward angle light scatter. Analysis WO94/16741 1 ~4 8.9 PCT~594/00965 windows are applied to these parameters to separate single cells from aggregates and cell debris.
Fluorescence from FITC and propidium are separated with a 550 nm long pass dichroic filter and collected through a 530 nm band pass filter (for FITC), and a 635 nm band pass filter (for PI). Light scatter parameters are collected as integrated pulses and fluorescence is collected as log integrated pulses.
Dead cells are excluded from the assay by placing an analysis window on cells negative for PI uptake. The mean fluorescence per sample (weighted average from 2500 cells) is calculated from a histogram displayed in the analysis window. FITC calibration beads are analyzed in each experiment to establish a fluorescence standard curve. The average fluorescence intensity for each sample is then expressed as the average FITC equivalents per cell. Immunoreactivity is calculated by comparing the average fluorescence intensity of the ING-l/MRPl4 sample with values from the standard curve.
(7c) Immunoreactivity assay by ELISA
The antigen to which the antibody, ING-l, binds is prepared from LS174T or HT29 cells (available from ATCC) by scraping confluent monolayers of cells from the walls of culture flasks with a cell scraper. The cells from many flasks are combined and a sample is taken and counted to estimate the total number of cells harvested. At all times the cells are kept on ice. Following centrifugation of the cells at 1500 rpm for lO minutes at 4C , the cells are washed once in 25 mL ice-cold 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 supplemented with 150 mM sodium chloride (PBS), pelleted under the same conditions and transferred in lO mL PBS to an ice-cold glass mortar. The cells are homogenized at 4C using a motor-driven pestle and then centrifuged at 3000 x g for 5 minutes. The antigen-rich supernatant is removed from the other Cq WO94/16741 2 1 S 4 8 9 ~ PCT~S94/00965 ~
cell debris and subjected to further centrifugation at 100,000 x g for one hour at 4C. The pellet (antigen fraction) from this final step is suspended in 100 ~L
of PBS for every million cells harvested. Following an estimate of the protein concentration (BCA protein assay (BioRad) using bovine immunoglobulin as the protein standard) the antigen is stored at -20C until use.
0 Each well of a 96-well Costar microtiter plates is coated with antigen by adding 100 ~L/well of cell lysate (10 ~g/ml) prepared as above. The microtiter plates are allowed to dry overnight in a 37C
incubator. After washing the plate five times with 0.05% Tween-20 (Sigma) they are blotted dry. The wells of each plate are blocked by adding 125 ~L/well of a 1% BSA (bovine serum albumin, Sigma A-7906) solution in PBS and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature.
The plates are washed five times with 0.05% Tween-20.
Samples (50 ~L/well in duplicate) of ING/MRP14 conjugates and standard ING-l antibody solutions are prepared at a range of concentrations in 1% BSA in PBS
and added to the wells of the plate. Biotinylated ING-1 (1.0 ~g/mL in 0.1% BSA) is added to each well (50~L/well) and the plates are then incubated for 2 hours at room temperature. Following five washes with 0.05% Tween-20, the plates are blotted dry and incubated at room temperature for one hour with dilute (1:2000 in 0.1% BSA) streptavidin-alkaline phosphatase (Tago; #6567). After a further five washes, color is developed in each well upon the addition of 100 ~L per well of phosphatase substrate reagent (two Sigma 104 phosphatase tablets dissolved in 10 mL distilled water and 20 ~L Sigma 221 alkaline buffer). After one hour at room temperature, the color is read using a 405 nm filter in a Titertek Multiscan microplate reader.
(7d) SDS PAGE gel electrophoresis 1 ~
WO94/16741 21S~ ` PCT~S94100965 Samples of these conjugates are subjected to electrophoresis on Novex 4%-20% reduced and native polyacrylamide gels using SDS buffers to estimate their apparent molecular weight and the degree of heterogeneity of the preparation. Using standards of known molecular weight run on the same gel, a standard curve is constructed of the distance travelled (Rf) versus the log of the molecular weight. From this standard curve the relative molecular weights of the 0 bands associated with each conjugate preparation are determined.
(7e) Determination of aggregate formation by size-excluslon HPLC.
A 30 cm x 7.5 mm TSK-G3000SW size-exclusion HPLC
column (Supelco) fitted with a guard column of the same material is equilibrated with 12 column volumes of 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6.0 supplemented with 150 mM sodium chloride using a Waters 600E HPLC
system with a flow rate of 1.0 mL per minute at 400-600 PSl. A sample (25~L) of BioRad gel filtration protein standards is injected on to the column. The retention time of each standard is monitored by a Waters 490 UV detector set at 280 nm. Following the recovery of the final standard from the column, it is washed with a further 10 volumes of 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer pH 6.0 supplemented with 150 mM
sodium chloride. Samples (50~L) of either native ING-1 antibody, ING-1/TMT, ING-1/MRP14 at 200 ~g/mL are individually injected on to the column and their respective retention times are recorded. From the areas of the retained peaks and the retention time, the amounts of aggregated material in the ING-1/TMT
and ING-1/MRP14 sampled are calculated.
(7f) Determination of binding of MRP8/TMT to ING-~1 WO94/16741 2 1 ~ 4 ~g 9 ~ - PCT~S94/00965 ~
Four of the above methodologies (7b,7c,7d,7e) are used, with slight modifications to demonstrate that the two stages of the delivery system recognize and stably bind each other.
In 7b, samples of ING-l/MRPl4 are incubated with 5x105 HT29 cells at 4C for l hour. After extensive washing to remove unbound antibody, the cells are incubated at 4C for l hour with a mouse anti-TMT
0 antibody labeled with FITC (prepared according to standard procedures (Pierce Chemical Co. catalog)).
After further washing in flow buffer the samples are analyzed by flow cytometry as before. The average fluorescence intensity for each sample is expressed as the average FITC equivalents per cell to demonstrate that MRP8/TMT is associated with the cells.
In 7c, samples (50 ~L/well in duplicate) of ING/MRPl4 conjugates are prepared at a range of concentrations in 1% BSA in PBS and added to the wells of a microtitre plate, prepared as in Example 7c and containing the HT-29 cell antigen in its wells. The plates are then incubated for l hour at room temperature. Following three washes with 0.05% Tween-20, the plates are blotted dry and incubated a further one hour with MRP8/TMT at room temperature. After extensive washing to remove unbound MRP8/TMT, the cells are incubated for l hour with a biotinylated mouse anti-TMT antibody (prepared according to standard procedures (Pierce Chemical Co. catalog)).
Following further washing with in O.l~ BSA a further one hour incubation is carried out with dilute (1:2000 in 0.1% BSA) streptavidin-alkaline phosphatase (Tago;
#6567). After five washes, color is developed in each well upon the addition of lO0 ~L per well of phosphatase substrate reagent ltwo Sigma 104 phosphatase tablets dissolved in lO mL distilled water and 20 @L Sigma 221 alkaline buffer). After one hour at room temperature, the color is read using a 405 nm 7~
WO94/16741 -~ 1 5~ 8~ ~ PCT~S94/0096S
filter in a Titertek Multiscan microplate reader. The results demonstrate that MRP8/TMT is associated with the antigen in the wells of the plate. Control samples demonstrate that the association is dependent on the presence of ING-1/MRP14.
Sodium dodecylsulfate polyacrylamide gels, such as those from Example 7d, are also used to demonstrate the association of antibody/MRP14 with MRP8 and the 0 association of antibody/MRP8 with MRP14. The 125I-labeled MRP8, without conjugated TMT, is incubated with the antibody/MRP14 in PBS or in human serum at room temperature, 37C, and 4C. At time intervals after the start of incubation, samples are withdrawn from the mixtures and subjected to sodium dodecylsulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS
PAGE). The gel is ex~m;ned by autoradiography for the presence of radiolabel associated with the higher molecular weight antibody/MRP14 complex.
Alternatively, MRP8/TMT is labeled with 90Y (Example 6) and inoubated with antibody/MRP14 in PBS or in human serum at different temperatures as above.
Again, after autoradiography, binding of 90Y-labeled MRP8/TMT to the higher molecular weight antibody/MRP14 complex shows the ability of the two stages of the delivery system to self assemble even in the presence of human serum at 37C.
SDS PAGE is also used to assay the degree to which the process of conjugation and number of TMTs conjugated influence the ability of the subunits to recognize and associate with each other.
Size-exclusion column chromatography is used to quantitate the association between MRP8 and IN&-1/MRP14. Samples (50~L at 200 ~g/mL) of either ING-1 antibody alonel ING-1/MRP14, MRP8 or mixtures of ING-1/MRP14 with MRP8 are injected individually on to a 30 ~3 WO94/16741 ~ 18 3 ~ PCT~S94/00965 cm x 7.5 mm TSK-G3000SW size-exclusion HPLC column (Supelco) as described in Example 7e. The retention times of each sample is recorded. From the areas of the retained peaks and the retention time, the amount S of association between MRP8 and ING-l/MRPl4 is calculated.
Claims (55)
1. A targeting immune reagent that comprises moieties represented by the structure:
Z-(L1-X)n wherein:
Z comprises the residue of an immunoreactive protein;
L1 is a chemical bond or a linking group that may contain a spacing group;
X is the residue of a proteinaceous subunit of a heterodimeric molecule; and n is an integer greater than zero.
Z-(L1-X)n wherein:
Z comprises the residue of an immunoreactive protein;
L1 is a chemical bond or a linking group that may contain a spacing group;
X is the residue of a proteinaceous subunit of a heterodimeric molecule; and n is an integer greater than zero.
2. A radioactive targeting reagent comprised of moieties represented by the structure D-(L2-Q-M)m wherein:
D is the residue of a proteinaceous subunit of a heterodimeric molecule that associates with X of claim 1;
L2 is a chemical bond or a linking group that may contain a spacing group;
Q is the residue of a chelating group;
M is a radionuclide; and m is an integer greater than zero.
D is the residue of a proteinaceous subunit of a heterodimeric molecule that associates with X of claim 1;
L2 is a chemical bond or a linking group that may contain a spacing group;
Q is the residue of a chelating group;
M is a radionuclide; and m is an integer greater than zero.
3. The reagent of claim 1 wherein Z is an antibody or antibody fragment.
4. The reagent of claim 3 wherein the antibody is selected from ING-1; B72.3; 9.2.27; D612; UJ13A;
NRLU-10; NRCO-02; 7E11C5; CC49; TNT; PR1A3; B174;
C174; B43; and anti-HLB antibodies.
NRLU-10; NRCO-02; 7E11C5; CC49; TNT; PR1A3; B174;
C174; B43; and anti-HLB antibodies.
5. The reagent of claim 3 wherein the antibody is ING-1.
6. The reagent of claim 1 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of the heterodimeric pairs MRP14 and MRP8; alpha and beta chains of the T cell receptor; delta and gamma chains of the T cell receptor; Subunit proteins of the cytokine, IL-2;
Subunit proteins of signal recognition particle;
Subunit proteins of ligandin; Subunit proteins of hepatopoietins A and B;Subunit proteins of human platelet-derived growth factor; Subunit proteins of glutathione S-transferases;
Subunit proteins of luciferase; and Subunit proteins of gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
Subunit proteins of signal recognition particle;
Subunit proteins of ligandin; Subunit proteins of hepatopoietins A and B;Subunit proteins of human platelet-derived growth factor; Subunit proteins of glutathione S-transferases;
Subunit proteins of luciferase; and Subunit proteins of gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
7. The reagent of claim 1 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of MRP14 and MRP8.
8. The reagent of claim 2 wherein D is selected from the group consisting of the heterodimeric pairs MRP14 and MRP8; alpha and beta chains of the T cell receptor; delta and gamma chains of the T cell receptor; Subunit proteins of the cytokine, IL-2;
Subunit proteins of signal recognition particle;
Subunit proteins of ligandin; Subunit proteins of hepatopoietins A and B;Subunit proteins of human platelet-derived growth factor; Subunit proteins of glutathione S-transferases;
Subunit proteins of luciferase; and Subunit proteins of gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
Subunit proteins of signal recognition particle;
Subunit proteins of ligandin; Subunit proteins of hepatopoietins A and B;Subunit proteins of human platelet-derived growth factor; Subunit proteins of glutathione S-transferases;
Subunit proteins of luciferase; and Subunit proteins of gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
9. The reagent of claim 2 wherein D is selected from the group consisting of MRP14 and MRP8.
10. The reagent of claim 7 wherein the residue of X is derived from human neutrophils.
11. The reagent of claim 9 wherein the residue of D is derived from human neutrophils.
12. The reagent of claim 1 wherein L1 is the residue of a heterobifunctional cross-linking reagent.
13. The reagent of claim 12 wherein the heterobifunctional cross-linking reagent is selected from the group consisting of sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate, sulfosuccinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate, sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate, 2-Iminothiolane, and N-succinimidyl S-acetylthioacetate.
14. The reagent of claim 1 wherein L1 is the residue of a modified receptor moiety containing a reactive functional group.
15. The reagent of claim 14 wherein the reactive functional group is selected from the group consisting of amino groups and sulfhydryl groups.
16. The reagent of claim 2 wherein L2 is the residue of a heterobifunctional cross-linking reagent.
17. The reagent of claim 16 wherein the heterobifunctional cross-linking reagent is selected from the group consisting of sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate, sulfosuccinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate, sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate, 2-Iminothiolane, and N-succinimidyl S-acetylthioacetate.
18. The reagent of claim 2 wherein L2 is the residue of a modified ligand moiety containing a reactive functional group.
19. The reagent of claim 18 wherein the reactive functional group is selected from the group consisting of amino groups and sulfhydryl groups.
20. The reagent of claim 2 wherein Q contains a polycarboxylic acid group.
21. The reagent of claim 2 wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of B4A, P4A, TMT, DCDTPA, PheMT, macroPheMT, and macroTMT.
22. The reagent of claim 2 wherein M is a radioactive isotope of a metal.
23. The reagent of claim 22 wherein the radioactive isotope is selected from 44Sc, 64Cu, 67Cu, 111In, 212Pb, 68Ga, 87Y, 90Y, 153Sm, 212Bi, 99mTc, 177Lu 186Re and 188Re.
24. A method of making a compound of the structure:
Z-(L1-X)n wherein:
Z comprises the residue of an immunoreactive protein;
L1 is a chemical bond or a linking group that may contain a spacing group;
X is the residue of a proteinaceous subunit of a heterodimeric molecule; and n is an integer greater than zero;
comprising:
(i) derivatizing a precursor of L1 with X under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex L1-X; and (ii) derivatizing Z with L1-X under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex Z-(L1-X)n.
Z-(L1-X)n wherein:
Z comprises the residue of an immunoreactive protein;
L1 is a chemical bond or a linking group that may contain a spacing group;
X is the residue of a proteinaceous subunit of a heterodimeric molecule; and n is an integer greater than zero;
comprising:
(i) derivatizing a precursor of L1 with X under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex L1-X; and (ii) derivatizing Z with L1-X under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex Z-(L1-X)n.
25. A method of making a compound of the structure:
D-(L2-Q-M)m wherein:
D is the residue of a proteinaceous subunit of a heterodimeric molecule that associates with X of claim 1;
L2 is a chemical bond or a linking group that may contain a spacing group;
Q is the residue of a chelating group;
M is a radionuclide; and m is an integer greater than zero.
comprising:
(i) derivatizing D with L2 under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex D-L2;
(ii) derivatizing D-L2 with Q under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex D-L2-Q; (iii) derivatizing D-L2-Q with M under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex D-(L2-Q-M)m.
D-(L2-Q-M)m wherein:
D is the residue of a proteinaceous subunit of a heterodimeric molecule that associates with X of claim 1;
L2 is a chemical bond or a linking group that may contain a spacing group;
Q is the residue of a chelating group;
M is a radionuclide; and m is an integer greater than zero.
comprising:
(i) derivatizing D with L2 under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex D-L2;
(ii) derivatizing D-L2 with Q under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex D-L2-Q; (iii) derivatizing D-L2-Q with M under conditions and for a time period sufficient to form a covalent complex D-(L2-Q-M)m.
26. The method of claim 24 wherein Z is an antibody or antibody fragment.
27. The antibody of claim 26 wherein the antibody is selected from ING-1; B72.3; 9.2.27; D612;
UJ13A; NRLU-10; NRCO-02; 7E11C5; CC49; TNT; PR1A3;
B174; C174; B43; and anti-HLB antibodies.
UJ13A; NRLU-10; NRCO-02; 7E11C5; CC49; TNT; PR1A3;
B174; C174; B43; and anti-HLB antibodies.
28. The method of claim 24 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of the heterodimeric pairs MRP14 and MRP8; alpha and beta chains of the T cell receptor; delta and gamma chains of the T cell receptor; Subunit proteins of the cytokine, IL-2; Subunit proteins of signal recognition particle; Subunit proteins of ligandin; Subunit proteins of hepatopoietins A and B; Subunit proteins of human platelet-derived growth factor; Subunit proteins of glutathione S-transferases;
Subunit proteins of luciferase; and Subunit proteins of gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
Subunit proteins of luciferase; and Subunit proteins of gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
29. The method of claim 24 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of MRP14 and MRP8.
30. The method of claim 24 wherein L1 is the residue of a heterobifunctional cross-linking reagent.
31. The method of claim 30 wherein the heterobifunctional cross-linking reagent is selected from the group consisting of sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate, sulfosuccinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate, sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate, 2-Iminothiolane, and N-succinimidyl S-acetylthioacetate.
32. The method of claim 24 wherein L1 is the residue of a modified nucleotide moiety containing a reactive functional group.
33. The method of claim 24 wherein said reactive functional group is selected from the group consisting of amine groups and sulfhydryl groups.
34. The method of claim 28 wherein said MRP14 is derived from human neutrophils
35. The method of claim 28 wherein said MRP8 is derived from human neutrophils
36. The method of claim 25 wherein D is selected from the group consisting of the heterodimeric pairs MRP14 and MRP8; alpha and beta chains of the T cell receptor;delta and gamma chains of the T cell receptor; Subunit proteins of the cytokine, IL-2; Subunit proteins of signal recognition particle; Subunit proteins of ligandin; Subunit proteins of hepatopoietins A and B;Subunit proteins of human platelet-derived growth factor; Subunit proteins of glutathione S-transferases;
Subunit proteins of luciferase; Subunit proteins of gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
Subunit proteins of luciferase; Subunit proteins of gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase.
37. The method of claim 25 wherein D is selected from the group consisting of MRP14 and MRP8.
38. The method of claim 36 wherein said MRP14 is derived from human neutrophils
39. The method of claim 36 wherein said MRP8 is derived from human neutrophils
40. The method of claim 25 wherein L2 is the residue of a heterobifunctional cross-linking reagent.
41. The method of claim 40 wherein the heterobifunctional cross-linking reagent is selected from the group consisting of sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate, sulfosuccinimidyl (4-iodoacetyl)aminobenzoate, sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate, 2-Iminothiolane, and N-succinimidyl S-acetylthioacetate.
42. The method of claim 25 wherein L2 is a modified ligand moiety containing the residue of a reactive functional group.
43. The method of claim 25 wherein the reactive functional group is selected from the group consisting of amine groups and sulfhydryl groups.
44. The method of claim 25 wherein Q contains a polycarboxylic acid group.
45. The method of claim 25 wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of B4A, P4A, TMT, DCDTPA, PheMT, macroPheMT, and macroTMT.
46. The method of claim 25 wherein M is a radioactive isotope of a metal.
47. The method of claim 46 wherein the radioactive isotope is selected from 44Sc, 64Cu, 67Cu, 111In, 212Pb, 68Ga, 87y, 90y, 153Sm, 212Bi, 99mTc, 177Lu 186Re and 188Re.
48. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 dissolved or dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
49. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 2 dissolved or dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium.
50. A method of treating a tumor in a mammal comprising administering to said mammal an effective dose of a non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent of claim 1 in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium, waiting for a time period sufficient for said non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent to accumulate at the tumor site in said mammal, and subsequently, administering an effective dose of a radioactive targeting reagent of claim 2 in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium to said mammal, and waiting for a time period sufficient for said radioactive targeting reagent to accumulate at the target site, said target site being the said non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent accumulated at said tumor site in said mammal.
51. A method of diagnostic imaging in a mammal comprising administering to said mammal an imaging effective dose of a non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent of claim 1 in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium, waiting for a time period sufficient for said non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent to accumulate at the imaging site in said mammal, and subsequently, administering an effective dose of a radioactive targeting reagent of claim 2 in a pharmaceutically acceptable medium to said mammal, waiting for a time period sufficient for said radioactive targeting reagent to accumulate at the target site, said target site being the said non-radioactive targeting immunoreagent accumulated at said imaging site in said mammal.
52. The reagent of claim 1 wherein X is a residue of a receptor moiety and Z and X comprise a fusion protein.
53. The reagent of claim 52 wherein the receptor moiety is MRP14.
54. The reagent of claim 24 wherein X is a residue of a receptor moiety and Z and X comprise a fusion protein.
55. The reagent of claim 54 wherein the receptor moiety is MRP8.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US1054493A | 1993-01-28 | 1993-01-28 | |
| US010544 | 1993-01-28 | ||
| PCT/US1994/000965 WO1994016741A1 (en) | 1993-01-28 | 1994-01-26 | Immunoreactive reagents employing heterodimers |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2154896A1 true CA2154896A1 (en) | 1994-08-04 |
Family
ID=21746245
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002154896A Abandoned CA2154896A1 (en) | 1993-01-28 | 1994-01-26 | Immunoreactive reagents employing heterodimers |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP0681484A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JPH08509955A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU6128694A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2154896A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO1994016741A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP0888130B1 (en) * | 1996-03-13 | 2003-07-02 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company | New ternary radiopharmaceutical complexes |
Family Cites Families (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4863713A (en) * | 1986-06-23 | 1989-09-05 | The Board Of Trustees Of Leland Stanford Jr. Univ. | Method and system for administering therapeutic and diagnostic agents |
| US5124471A (en) * | 1990-03-26 | 1992-06-23 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Bifunctional dtpa-type ligand |
-
1994
- 1994-01-26 EP EP94907897A patent/EP0681484A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1994-01-26 JP JP6517316A patent/JPH08509955A/en active Pending
- 1994-01-26 CA CA002154896A patent/CA2154896A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1994-01-26 AU AU61286/94A patent/AU6128694A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1994-01-26 WO PCT/US1994/000965 patent/WO1994016741A1/en not_active Ceased
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| AU6128694A (en) | 1994-08-15 |
| EP0681484A1 (en) | 1995-11-15 |
| JPH08509955A (en) | 1996-10-22 |
| WO1994016741A1 (en) | 1994-08-04 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP0173629B1 (en) | Antibody-metal ion complexes | |
| US4741900A (en) | Antibody-metal ion complexes | |
| US5171563A (en) | Cleavable linkers for the reduction of non-target organ retention of immunoconjugates | |
| JPH0749377B2 (en) | Functional specific antibody | |
| JPH06501703A (en) | Complexing agents and targeting radioimmunoassays useful in therapeutic and diagnostic imaging compositions and methods | |
| JPH10501220A (en) | Thiolation of proteins for radionuclide detection and radioimmunotherapy with radionuclides | |
| JP2975676B2 (en) | Crosslinked antibodies and their preparation | |
| CA2150477A1 (en) | Sequential targeting of tumor sites with oligonucleotide conjugates of antibody and complementary oligonucleotide conjugates of chelated radionuclide | |
| JPH06507918A (en) | In vivo binding versus pre-targeting | |
| JP3074160B2 (en) | Imaging agents for malignant tumors | |
| Li et al. | Vinyl sulfone bifunctional derivatives of DOTA allow sulfhydryl-or amino-directed coupling to antibodies. Conjugates retain immunoreactivity and have similar biodistributions | |
| EP0675737A1 (en) | Immunoreactive reagents employing dihydrofolate reductase | |
| CA2157902A1 (en) | Tumour targeting with l-enantiomeric oligonucleotide conjugates of immunoreagents and of chelated radionuclides | |
| CA2113578A1 (en) | Trifunctional compounds having specificity for multi-drug resistant cells | |
| WO1994029333A1 (en) | Immunoreactive reagents employing monoamine oxidase | |
| Mattes | Pharmacokinetics of Antibodies and their Radiolabels | |
| CA2154896A1 (en) | Immunoreactive reagents employing heterodimers | |
| Li et al. | Prelabeling of Chimeric Monoclonal Antibody L6 with 90Yttrium-and 111Indium-1, 4, 7, 10-tetraazacyclododecane-N, N′, N ″, N‴-tetraacetic acid (DOTA) Chelates for Radioimmunodiagnosis and Therapy | |
| CN101272809B (en) | Biotin diaminoderivatives and their conjugates with macrocyclic chelating agents | |
| EP4230637A1 (en) | Radioactive complexes of anti-her2 antibody, and radiopharmaceutical | |
| Frey | Preparation, characterization and biological evaluation of cellobiose and dextran carriers of prosthetically labeled iodine-125 for use in radioimmunotherapy of tumors of glial origin | |
| JPH06509102A (en) | Tissue-specific contrast agent using in-vivo contrast anti-idiotype antibody |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| FZDE | Dead |